D rekto

Di orat Pe
endidik
kan Ma adr
d asaah
Direkto
orat Je
enderaal Pend
did
dik
kan Isl
s amm
Kementeriaan Agaama Re
Republiik In
Ind
ndo
n dones
onesia
sia
20
015

BUKU SISWA

Bahasa A
Arab
rab
Pend
dekatan Sainttifik Kurik
kulum
m 2013

VIII Madrasah Tsanawiyah

Hak Cipta © 2015 pada Kementerian Agama Republik Indonesia
Dilindungi Undang-Undang

MILIK NEGARA
TIDAK DIPERDAGANGKAN

Disklaimer: Buku ini dipersiapkan Pemerintah dalam rangka implementasi Kurikulum 2013. Buku ini
disusun dan ditelaah oleh berbagai pihak di bawah koordinasi Kementerian Agama, dan dipergunakan
dalam penerapan Kurikulum 2013. Buku ini merupakan “Dokumen Hidup” yang senantiasa diperbaiki,
diperbaharui, dan dimutakhirkan sesuai dengan dinamika perubahan zaman. Masukan yang
membangun, dari berbagai kalangan dapat meningkatkan kualitas buku ini.

Katalog Dalam Terbitan (KDT)

INDONESIA, KEMENTERIAN AGAMA

Bahasa Arab/Kementerian Agama,-
Jakarta: Kementerian Agama 2015.
vi, 88 hlm.
Untuk Madrasah Tsanawiyah Kelas VII
ISBN 978-979-8446-71-9 (no.jil.lengkap)
ISBN 978-602-293-073-0 (jil.2)

1. Bahasa Arab 1.Judul

II. Kementerian Agama Republik Indonesia

Kontributor Naskah : Zaenal Muttaqin, Momon Mujiburrohman, Faruq Baharudin.

Penelaah : Khoiron Durori, Aris Anwaril Muttaqin.

Penyelia Penerbitan : Direktorat Pendidikan Madrasah

Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan Islam
Kementerian Agama Republik Indonesia

Cetakan Ke-1, 2015

Disusun dengan huruf Times New Roman 12 pt dan Mylotus 19 pt,

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ii

 KATA PENGANTAR

Bismillahirrahmanirrahim

A
lhamdulillah segala puji bagi Allah Swt Tuhan sekalian alam. Nikmat-Nya yang begitu
“deras” mengalir mengantarkan manusia pada “hilir” kesadaran bahwa kasih yang Dia
limpahkan bersifat universal menembus “belukar” sekat suku, agama, ras antar
golongan juga adil kepada mereka yang patuh maupun yang inkar.

Sebagai ajaran agama yang sempurna, Islam harus diejawentahkan (dilaksanakan) dalam
kehidupan nyata sehari-hari sehingga akan tercipta kehidupan yang damai dan tenteram. Oleh
karena itu, dalam rangka mengoptimalkan layanan pendidikan Islam di madrasah, ajaran Islam
yang begitu sempurna dan luas perlu dikelompokkan menjadi beberapa mata pelajaran yang
secara linier akan dipelajari sesuai dengan jenjangnya.

Pengelompokkan ajaran Islam dalam bentuk mata pelajaran di lingkungan madrasah dimulai
dari jenjang Madrasah Ibtidaiyah (MI), Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) dan Madrasah Aliyah
(MA) di dalamnya dikhususkan pada peminatan Keagamaan, Matematika dan Ilmu Alam
(MIA), Ilmu-Ilmu Sosial (IIS), Ilmu-Ilmu Bahasa dan Budaya (IIBB) serta Madrasah Aliyah
Kejuruan (MAK) meliputi: a). Al-qur’an Hadis, b). Akidah Akhlak, c). Fikih, d). Sejarah
Kebudayaan Islam (SKI).

Pada jenjang Madrasah Aliyah (MA) peminatan Ilmu-ilmu Keagamaan dikembangkan kajian
khusus mata pelajaran yaitu: a). Tafsir- Ilmu Tafsir, b). Hadis ilmu Hadis, c). Fikih-Ushul Fikih,
d). Ilmu Kalam, e). Akhlak. Kemudian dalam upaya mendukung pendalaman kajian ilmu-ilmu
keagamaan pada peminatan keagamaan, peserta didik dibekali dengan pelajaran Sejarah
Kebudayaan Islam (SKI) serta Bahasa Arab.

Sebagi komitmen untuk menyiapkan generasi emas anak sholeh dan sholihah, mulai tahun
ajaran 2014-2015 seluruh Madrasah dibawah pembinaan Kementerian Agama RI telah siap
melaksanakan Kurikulum 2013. Untuk keperluan dimaksud, maka secara legal formal
Kementerian Agama RI telah menerbitkan Peraturan Menteri Agama (PMA) tentang Kurikulum
2013 yang berisi Kerangka Dasar Kurikulum Madrasah 2013, Standar Kompetensi Lulusan
(SKL), Standar Kompetensi Isi, Standar Proses dan Standar Penilaian.

Pada saat yang sama sebagai panduan implementasi kurikulum madrasah 2013, Kementerian
Agama telah menyiapkan model silabus Pembelajaran PAI di Madrasah, menerbitkan buku
pegangan siswa dan buku pedoman guru. Kehadiran buku ditangan peserta didik dan guru
menjadi kebutuhan pokok untuk menerapkan kurikulum Madrasah 2013.

iii Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

Sebagaimana kaidah Ushul Fikih, “Ma la yatimul-wajib illa bihi fahuwa wajib” (suatu kewajiban
tidak menjadi sempurna tanpa adanya hal lain yang menjadi pendukungnya, maka hal lain
tersebut menjadi wajib). Perintah menuntut ilmu berarti juga mengandung perintah untuk
menyediakan sarana pendukungnya, salah satu diantaranya buku ajar. Karena itu buku pedoman
guru dan pegangan siswa ini disusun dengan pendekatan ilmiah (scientific approach) yang
terangkum dalam proses mengamati, menanya, mengeksplorasi, mengasosiasi dan
mengkomunikasikan.

Akhirnya, semoga buku ini mampu menjadi “jembatan” antara harapan dengan cita-cita tujuan
pendidikan Islam secara khusus dan pendidikan nasional secara umum yakni membentuk
manusia Kaffah (utuh) yang memiliki tidak saja kecerdasan intelektual, namun juga kecerdasan
sosial ditengah kompleksitas kehidupan umat manusia. Amin.

Jakarta, April 2015

Dirjen Pendidikan Islam

Prof. Dr. Phil. Kamaruddin Amin, MA

NIP: 196901051996031003

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 iv

‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول ‪ -‬اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪١ .......................................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار‪٥ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪١٠ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة ‪١٢ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪١٤ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ -‬ﻳـَْﻮِﻣﻴﱠﺎﺗـُﻨَﺎ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‪١٧ ..........................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار‪٢٠ .........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪٢١ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة ‪٢٥ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪٢٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ -‬ﻳـَْﻮِﻣﻴﱠﺎﺗـُﻨَﺎ ِﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‪٢٩ ..........................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار‪٣٢ .........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪٣٣ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة ‪٣٥ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪٣٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ‪ -‬اﳌِ ْﻬﻨَﺔ ‪٣٨ .....................................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار‪٤٢ .........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪٤٣ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة ‪٤٦ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪٤٧ ........................................................................‬‬

‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻼ ِﻋﺒـﻮ َن اﻟ ِﺮ ِ‬
‫ﺿﻴـﱡْﻮ َن ‪٥٠ .......................................‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ -‬ﱠ ُْ ّ َ‬
‫اﳊﻮار ‪٥٣ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪٥٥ ......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‪٥٧ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪٥٨ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس ‪ -‬اَﻟ ِْﻤ ْﻬﻨَﺔ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻄّﺒِّﻴﱠﺔ ‪٦١ ..............................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار ‪٦٥ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪٦٦ ......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‪٦٧ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪٧١ .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ -‬اﻟﺘﱠ َﺪا ِوي ‪٧٤ ...................................................‬‬
‫اﳊﻮار ‪٧٨ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ‪٧٩ ......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‪٨٢ ........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪٨٤ .......................................................................‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪vi‬‬

١ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻷول‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
Jam adalah alat untuk mengukur waktu. Dengan jam kita dapat mengatur seluruh aktivitas
kita. Seperti kita pergi ke sekolah pada jam 06.00 pagi. Jadi jam adalah suatu yang sangat
penting dalam kehidupan manusia. Pada pelajaran kali ini, kita akan mempelajari tentang
jam dalam bahasa Arab. Selamat belajar!

‫ﺎﻋﺔُ اﻵن ؟‬َ ‫ َﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ‬: +

‫ﺼﻒ‬ ِ ِ
ْ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﳋَﺎﻣ َﺴﺔ واﻟﻨ‬
َ ‫ اﻟ ﱠﺴ‬: -

‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ ؟‬
َ ‫ي َﺳ‬ِّ َ‫ ِﰲ أ‬: +
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ‬
َ ‫ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ‬: -

‫ﺎﻋﺔً ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس ﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم ؟‬

َ ‫ َﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ‬: +
‫ﺎﻋﺎت‬
َ ‫اﱄ َﺳْﺒﻊ َﺳ‬
ْ َ ‫ َﺣ َﻮ‬: -

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬
ٍ ‫ ِﰲ أَ ِي ﺳ‬- ‫ ﺛ ـﻠُﺚ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬- ‫ رﺑﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬- ‫ ِن ﺻﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬- ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬•
َ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ؟ َﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ‬
- ‫ﺎﻋﺔُ؟‬ َ َ ّ َ َ ُ َ َ ُُ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ
‫ﺎﻋﺔً؟‬
َ ‫َﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ‬
‫ﺎﱄ ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ‬ ْ ِ ‫ ﺗـََﻌ‬- ‫ ﺗـََﻌﺎل ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ‬- ‫ﺎﱄ‬ ْ ِ ‫ َﺗﻌ‬- ‫ ﺗـََﻌﺎل‬- ‫اﻵن‬•
‫َﺳ َِﱰﻳْﺢ‬
ْ ‫ أ‬- ‫ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب‬- ‫ ﺗـَﻨَ َﺎوَل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬-‫ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬- ‫ َﺳﻴﱠ َﺎرة‬•

١ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُرﺑُﻊ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺛـُﻠُﺚ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻒ َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺼ ُ‬
‫ﻧْ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫َﺳ َ‬

‫أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫أَﺗﻨَ َﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬ ‫اﻟﺼْﺒﺢ‬ ‫أ ِ‬

‫ُﺻﻠّﻲ ُ‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳِْﻘﻚ !‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َ‬
‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﺎدل اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ َواﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻮﺑَﺔ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺗﺒَ َ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮ ِ‬

‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻴَﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬

 ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺜَﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﱠﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﳋَ ِﺎﻣ َﺴﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜ ِ‬

‫ﱠﺎﻣﻨَﺔ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺷَﺮة‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﳊَ ِﺎدﻳَﺔَ َﻋ َﺸَﺮ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜَﺎﻧِﻴَﺔَ َﻋ َﺸَﺮ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬

‫( ‪Dalam kaedah bahasa Arab, pukul … lebih …. menggunakan:‬‬ ‫)و‬

‫َ‬

‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ‬

‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ َواﻟ ﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‬
‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْﲔ إِ َﱃ‬

‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َواﻟﻨِّ ْ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‬ ‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬

 ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ َو َﲬْ ِ‬
‫ﺲ‬ ‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ َو َﻋ ْﺸ ِﺮ‬

‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْﲔ إِ َﱃ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫‪Dalam kaedah bahasa Arab, pukul … kurang …menggunakan:‬‬ ‫) إِﻻﱠ(‬

‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ‬

‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ إِﻻﱠ اﻟ ﱡﺮﺑْﻊ‬
‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ إِﻻﱠ‬

‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْﲔ إِ َﱃ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺲ َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ‬
‫َﲬْ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ إِﻻﱠ َﻋ ْﺸ َﺮ‬

‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬

‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫َﻫ ْﻞ ‪ ...‬؟ َﻧﻌ ْﻢ‪/‬ﻻَ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ‪َ َ ،‬ﺣ َﺴﻦ ؟‬
‫)‪(untuk jawaban sesuai pertanyaan‬‬ ‫َﻧﻌ ْﻢ ‪ ،‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟـﻤﻴﺪان )‪(untuk jawaban tidak sesuai pertanyaan‬‬ ‫ﻻَ‪ ،‬ﺑَ ْﻞ أَ ْذ َ‬
‫َْ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ واﻟﻨﺼﻒ‪ َ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﲔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ واﻟﻨﺼﻒ‬
‫َﻧﻌﻢ ‪ ،‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫)‪(untuk jawaban sesuai pertanyaan‬‬

‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻻَ ‪،‬ﺑَ ْﻞ أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫)‪(untuk jawaban tidak sesuai pertanyaan‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬

‫ﺼ َﻮر َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ ِ‬

‫َﺟ ِ‬
‫ﺐ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ﺗُـﻨَﺎﺳ ُ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ِﻣﺜَﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫اﻵن اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮ ِ‬

‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫‪َ +‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن؟‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

 ‫ات اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ َواﻟ َﻜﻠِ َﻤﺎت ﰲ اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ﺼ ْﻨ ُﺪ ْوق !‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺒﺎر ِ‬
‫ﲔ ََ‬
‫ﺻﻞ ﺑـ ْ ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ َ ْ ِ : (٢‬‬
‫– ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ي‬ ‫‪ َ -١‬ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ...‬ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻣ ًﻌﺎ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ !‬
‫– َﻛ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺼْﺒ َﺢ ؟‬‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﻧُ َ‬ ‫‪َ ... -٢‬ﺳ َ‬
‫– َﺗﻌﺎل‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺻﺒ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ‬‫َ‬ ‫‪ ... -٣‬اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ‬
‫ﺎﱄ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫– َﺗﻌ ْ‬
‫– أَﺗﻨَ َﺎو ُل‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬‫‪ ... -٤‬إِ ْﻋ َﺪ ُاد اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ُرﺑُ َﻊ َﺳ َ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳَ ْﺴﺘ ْﻐ ِﺮق‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ ﺑِـ ـ ‪....‬‬
‫– اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة‬
‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ ْ ِ‬
‫ﻮرة !‬ ‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊ َﻮار ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼ َ‬
‫ِﻣﺜَﺎل ‪:‬‬

‫اﻵن اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮ ِ‬

‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن؟‬

‫‪٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬ﺻﻞ اﳉﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻮر اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ !‬

‫‪........‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪........‬‬

‫‪........‬‬ ‫‪........‬‬ ‫‪........‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

 ‫‪........‬‬

‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َزﻳـْﻨَﺐ إﱃ اﳌ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ َ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس ﻋُﺜْ َﻤﺎن َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗَﻄْﺒﺦ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﻟ َﺪة اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم ﰲ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻣﻨَﺔ َ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫ﺎﺷَﺮة‬‫‪ -٤‬ﻧَﺴ ِﱰﻳﺢ ِﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ِﰲ اﻟﻌ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ْ َ ََ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‬ ‫ﲔ اﻟﺸﱠﺎي ِﰲ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤﻠ ْ َ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُﺐ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ اﻟﺪ ْﱠرس ﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬
‫ﲔ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻴَﺔ َﻋ َﺸﺮ‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْ َ‬

‫ﺐ اﻷَﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴﺔ ِﲟَﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬أ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺐ َﺣﺎﻟَﻚ !‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َﺟ ِ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ ؟‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َ‬ ‫َي َﺳ َ‬‫‪ِ -١‬ﰲ أ ِّ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ ﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎوِل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ؟‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔُ اﻵن ؟‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫‪َ -٣‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـََﻌﺎل‪ ،‬ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻣ ًﻌﺎ !‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔً ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮ ُق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ َ‬

‫‪٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫)أ(‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‪ /‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬
‫ﺴَ‬ ‫َﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺲ َدﻗَﺎﺋﻖ‪ /‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َوﲬَْ ُ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‪ /‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬ ‫اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒﲔ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ ُد ُرْو َﺳﻚ ؟‬
‫ﺗـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ؟‬ ‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ِﰲ أ ِّ‬
‫َي َﺳ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم ؟‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗَﻄْﺒُﺨ ْ َ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮ ُق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫ﺼﺔُ اﻷ ُْوَﱃ ؟‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﳊِ ﱠ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ؟‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔً‬
‫َﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ َ‬
‫س َ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐﺮق َد ْر ُ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫اﺣﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴﺢ ﳑّﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫‪ ... -١‬ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮ ُق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة ؟‬
‫) َﻛﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ – َﻛ ِﻤﺎﻟ ﱠﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ–ﻓﻴﺄَﻳِّ َﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ(‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬

 ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﺣﺔ ؟ ‪.... : -‬‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻛ ْﻢ َدﻗﻴ َﻘﺔً ﺗَ ْﺴﺘ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫) َو َﻋ ْﺸﺮ َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ –إِﻻﱠ َﻋ ْﺸَﺮ َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ ‪َ -‬ﻋ ْﺸَﺮ َدﻗَﺎﺋِﻖ (‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳊَﺎﺋِﻂ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ َ أَﺧﻲ ؟ ‪ : -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ ... : +‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫–ﻣﺎ–أَﻳْ َﻦ (‬ ‫) َﻛ ْﻢ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺪ ُرس ِﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم ؟ ‪.... : -‬‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ(‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺎت ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺎت – ﻓـﻲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫–ﰲ َﺳْﺒ َﻊ َﺳ َ‬ ‫) َﺳْﺒ َﻊ َﺳ َ‬
‫ﱄ ؟ ‪ِ : -‬ﰲ ‪....‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ِاﺟﺐ اﳌـَْﻨـ ِﺰِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ َ‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ : +‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜ َﱠﻤﺎﻧِﻴَﺔ (‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻣﻨَﺔ –اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺎت ‪ -‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ)ﲦَﺎن َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻴَﺔَ َﻋ ْﺸَﺮة‬‫ُﺧ ِﱵ ؟ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‪ َ ،‬أ ْ‬ ‫‪ ...‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫‪-٦‬‬
‫ي ‪َ -‬ﻛﻢ –أَﻳْ َﻦ(‬ ‫ِ)ﰲ أَ ِّ‬

‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳِْﻘﻚ ِ ﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أ ْ ِ‬

‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊ َﻮار َﻣ َﻊ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﻋْﻨ َﺪك َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪ِ -٣‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻫﻞ ِﰲ ﻓَ ِ‬
‫ﺼﻠﻚ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬

‫‪١١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫أَ ْﻋ َﻤﺎﻟُﻨَﺎ اﻟﻴـَْﻮِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫)أ(‬

‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬‫ﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻳُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ َﺣ َﺴﻦ ُد ُرْو َﺳﻪُ ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﳌ َﺬا َﻛَﺮة‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُﺧﺘُﻪ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ﺗُ َﺬاﻛُِﺮ ُد ُرْو َﺳ َﻬﺎ ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ اﳌـَُﺬا َﻛَﺮة‬
‫ِ‬
‫َوأ ْ‬
‫َوَواﻟِ َﺪة َﺣ َﺴﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّ َﺪة َﺣﻠِْﻴ َﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌِ ّﺪ اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤﻄْﺒَﺦ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ﺴﺎﺑِ َﻌﺔ‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ُﺧﺘُﻪُ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ْﺑﻌ َﺪ ﺗﻨَ ُﺎوِل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﺣ َﺴﻦ َوأ ْ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﺣ َﺴﻦ ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة َوﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ َﻣ ْﺸﻴًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗْ َﺪام‬
‫َﲪَﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ َﻣ ْﻜﺘَﺒِ ِﻪ ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة‬ ‫َوأَﱠﻣﺎ َواﻟِ ُﺪ ُﳘَﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّﺪ أ ْ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻟ ﱠﺬﻫﺎب إِﻟَﻴ ِﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫ْ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﺖ‬‫ﺚ ِﰲ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ ِﻷَﻧـﻬﺎ رﺑﱠﺔُ ﺑﻴ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َوَواﻟ َﺪ ُ َﻤﺎ ﲤَْ ُﻜ ُ‬
‫َّ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬
 ‫)ج(‬
‫ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﻣﻨَﺔ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻞ‪،‬وُﻫ َﻮ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺐ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ اﳌـُ َـﺘﻮ ِّﺳﻄَﺔ‬
‫ﺼ َ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺴﻦ ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس ِﰲ اﻟ َﻔ ْ‬
‫وﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ﺗَ ْﺪرس ِﰲ اﻟ َﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬وِﻫﻲ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺒﺔ ِﰲ اﳌـ ْﺪرﺳﺔ ِ‬
‫اﻻﺑْﺘِ َﺪاﺋِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ََ‬

‫ﺼ ْ‬
‫ﻒﺑﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﻨِّ ْ‬
‫ﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ُﺳَﺮﺗُﻪُ ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﳉُﻠُ ْﻮس‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْﳚﻠﺲ َﺣ َﺴﻦ َوأ ْ‬
‫ﱠﺛﻮن ﻓِْﻴﻪ َﻣ ْﺴُﺮْوِرﻳْﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫َوُﻫ ْﻢ ﻳﺘَ َﺤﺪ ْ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬أَﺟ ْ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﻳُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ َﺣ َﺴﻦ ُد ُرْو َﺳﻪُ ؟‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -١‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﳌـَُﺬا َﻛَﺮة؟‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗ ْﻔ َﻌﻞ َواﻟِ َﺪة َﺣ َﺴﻦ ِﰲ اﳌـَﻄْﺒَﺦ ؟‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٤‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺖ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ؟‬ ‫اﻻﺑﺘِ َﺪاﺋِﻴﺔ ﻗَ ِﺮﻳﺒﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﺑﻴ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻫﻞ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ْ َ َ ْ ْ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﺐ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّﺪ أ ْ‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﻳَﺴﺘ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب إِ َﱃ َﻣ ْﻜﺘَ ِ‬
‫‪َ -٦‬ﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ َ ْ‬
‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﻟ َﻜﻠِﻤﺔ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴ َﺤﺔ ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّ َﺪة َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ إِ َﱃ ‪....‬‬
‫) اﳌـَﻄْﺒَﺦ –اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ –اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘَﺐ(‬

‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﱠﺎﻣﻨَﺔ‪َ ،‬واﻟِ َﺪةُ َﺣ َﺴﻦ ﲤَْ ُﻜﺚ ِﰲ ‪....‬‬
‫‪ِ -٢‬ﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺖ(‬‫)اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ –اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘَﺐ ‪ْ -‬‬
‫َﺧﻮ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺐ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أ ُ‬
‫اﻻﺑْﺘِ َﺪاﺋِﻴَﺔ –اﳌـُ َـﺘﻮ ِّﺳﻄَﺔ –اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧَ ِﻮﻳﱠﺔ(‬
‫) ِ‬
‫ﺼﻒ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪َْ ،‬ﳚﻠِﺲ َﺣ َﺴﻦ ِﰲ ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن اﻟﱠﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻮم–ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ اﳉُﻠُ ْﻮس– ﻏُ ْﺮﻓَﺔ اﻷَ ْﻛﻞ(‬ ‫)ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ ْ‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺐ َﺣﺎﻟَﻚ !‬ ‫َﺟﺐ إِﺟﺎﺑﺔ َﻛ ِﺎﻣﻠَﺔ ِﲟَﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬ ‫أِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟ ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ِ :‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎد َﺳﺔ َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‬
‫أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬‫‪ -١‬أَﻳْ َﻦ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻵن ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻛ ِﻢ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ؟‬ ‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗُ َ‬‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٣‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺪ أُﱠﻣﻚ َﻋﻠَﻰ إِ ْﻋ َﺪ ِاد اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ؟‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻫﻞ ﺗُﺴ ِ‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﻨَ َﺎو ُل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ؟‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٥‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ ؟‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬ ‫‪َ -٦‬ﻣﺎ َذا ْﺗﻌ َﻤﻞ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ َﻣ َﺴﺎءً ؟‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٧‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫َﺑﻮك ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﺖ َوأ ْ‬ ‫‪َ -٨‬ﻣﺎ َذا ْﺗﻌ َﻤﻞ أَﻧْ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬

 ‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲢﻴّﺎت اﻟﻠﻘﺎء‬
‫اﳉﻮاب‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎت‬
‫وﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ اﻟﺴﻼم ورﲪﺔ ﷲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻼم ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺎح اﻟﻨُﻮر‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎح اﳋَْﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ُ‬
‫َ‬

‫اﳉﻮاب‬ ‫‪Selamat datang‬‬

‫أ َْﻫ ًﻼ ﺑِﻚ !‬ ‫أ َْﻫﻼً !‬

‫أ َْﻫ ًﻼ َو َﺳ ْﻬ ًﻼ !‬ ‫أ َْﻫﻼً َو َﺳ ْﻬﻼً !‬
‫َﻣ ْﺮ َﺣﺒًﺎ ! َﻣ ْﺮ َﺣﺒًﺎ ﺑِﻚ ‪! ....‬‬ ‫َﻣ ْﺮ َﺣﺒًﺎ !‬
‫وﷲ ُﳛَﻴِّْﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﺎك ﷲ !‬
‫َﺣﻴﱠ َ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺺ اﻵﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ّ‬ ‫اﻗﺮأ‬
‫( ‪Huruf terakhir dari‬‬ ‫‪ ) dibaca dhammah‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬
‫( ‪Huruf terakhir kata yang berada setelah adawat jar‬‬ ‫‪ ) dibaca‬ﰲ –إﱃ–ﻋﻠﻰ–ﺑـ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ –ﻣﻊ‬
‫;‪kasrah‬‬
‫;‪Kata terakhir tiap ungkapan/kalimat (tanda titik atau koma) dibaca waqaf‬‬
‫‪Akhir nama orang dibaca sukun, seperti:‬‬ ‫‪ /’Aisyah/‬ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪/Hasan/,‬ﺣﺴﻦ‬

‫ِﻣ ْﻦ أﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴّﺔ‬

‫دروﺳﻪ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﺬاﻛﺮة‪ ،‬وأﺧﺘُﻪ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺗﺬاﻛﺮ َ‬
‫دروﺳﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻳﺬاﻛﺮ ﺣﺴﻦ َ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻄﻮر ﰲ اﳌﻄﺒﺦ ‪.‬ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺣﺴﻦ وأﺧﺘُﻪ إﱃ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ‬
‫َ‬ ‫و ّأم ﺣﺴﻦ اﻟﺴﻴّﺪة ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌ ّﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎول اﻟﻔﻄﻮر‪.‬ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪،‬وﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﺪام‪.‬وﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ُ‬

‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

‫اﻟﺬﻫﺎب إﱃ اﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺳﺎﻋﺔً واﺣﺪة‪.‬و ّأم ﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫أﺑﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ إﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ إﱃ ّ‬
‫أي ﻣﻜﺎن ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ رﺑّﺔ ﺑﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻳﺪرس ﰲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ ّ‬
‫اﳌﺘﻮﺳﻄﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫وﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺗﺪرس ﰲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﰲ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ اﻻﺑﺘﺪاﺋﻴّﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﺣﺴﻦ وأﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ اﳉﻠﻮس ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠّﻢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻊ أﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬وﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺮورون‪.‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬

٢ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻮِﻣﻴﱠﺎﺗـُﻨَﺎ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
Sekolah adalah tempat yang sangat mulia. Semua kegiatan kita di sekolah dapat bermanfaat
bagi masa depan kita. Di sana kita memperoleh banyak ilmu dari berbagai mata pelajaran
hingga ekstra kulikuler yang akan membentuk diri kita menjadi manusia yang berguna.
Dalam pelajaran kali ini kita akan mempelajari tentang kegiatan kita di sekolah. Selamat
belajar dan semoga bermanfaat!.

‫اﳌََﻮا ّد اﻟﺪراﺳﻴّﺔ اﳌَُﻘ ﱠﺮَرة‬

ِ ‫ﻛِﺘﺎب‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ‬ ‫َﺧﻼَق ﻛِﺘَﺎب اﻟ ُﻘْﺮآن واﳊَ ِﺪﻳﺚ‬ ِ ‫ﻛِﺘﺎب اﻟﻠﱡﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ﻛِﺘﺎب‬
َ ْ ‫اﻟﻌﻘْﻴ َﺪة واﻷ‬
َ َ ََ َ َ

‫ﻛِﺘَﺎب اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ‬ ‫ﻀ َﺎرة ﻛِﺘَﺎب اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹ ِْﳒﻠِْﻴ ِﺰﻳﱠﺔ‬ ِ ِ

َ َ‫ﻛﺘَﺎب اﻟِّﺮَ ِﺿﻴَﺎت ﻛﺘَﺎب َ ِرﻳْﺦ اﳊ‬
‫ا ِﻹﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِْﻴ ِﺴﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‬

‫ﻛِﺘَﺎب اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﻌِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎب اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم‬

‫ﺎﻋﻴَﺔ‬ِ ‫اﻻﺟﺘِﻤ‬
َْ
١٧ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs
 ‫َﻣ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم‬ ‫اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒـﺎرات‬

‫ﱠأوﻻً ‪ -‬اﳌََﻮا ّد اﳌَُﻘ ﱠﺮَرة‪ِ ،‬ﻣﻨـَْﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻀ َﺎرة ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫•‪‬اﻟﺘـﺮﺑِﻴﺔ اﻟ ِّﺪﻳﻨِﻴﱠﺔ‪:‬اﻟﻌ ِﻘﻴ َﺪة واﻷَﺧﻼَق ‪ -‬اﻟﺘـﱠْﻔ ِﺴﲑ واﳊ ِﺪﻳﺚ ‪ِ -‬‬
‫َ ِرﻳْ ُﺦ اﳊَ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ ‪-‬‬ ‫ْ َ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫•‪‬اﻟِّﺮَ ﺿﻴَﺎت ‪ -‬اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم اﻟﻄﱠﺒْﻴﻌﻴﱠﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم ْ‬
‫اﻻﺟﺘ َﻤﺎﻋﻴَﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹ ِْﳒﻠِْﻴ ِﺰﻳﱠﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِْﻴ ِﺴﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫•‪‬اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺎت ‪ :‬اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫‪JADUAL PELAJARAN‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬

 ‫ﻧﻴﺎ –اﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس ﺳﺘﱠﺔَ أَﱠ م ِﰲ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ُﺳﺒـُْﻮع‬
‫ﺼﺺ ِﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﱄ َﲦَ ِﺎﱐَ ﺣ َ‬
‫•‪‬ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس َﺣ َﻮ َ ْ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻧَ ْﺴ َِﱰﻳْﺢ ﻗَﻠِْﻴﻼً‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫•‪‬ﻧَ ْﺴ َِﱰﻳْﺢ ﻟ ُﻤﺪﱠة ُرﺑُِﻊ َﺳ َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫اﺣﺔ‬‫اﺣﺔ –ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬‫•‪‬ﺗـَْﺒ َﺪأ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬
‫ﻒ َﻣﱠﺮة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫•‪‬ﻧـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼ ّ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﺟﻴِّ ًﺪا‬ ‫•‪‬أَﺣﻴﺎ ً ﻧـ ْﻘﺮأ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ‪ -‬ﻧـَﺘَ َﺤﺪﱠث َ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫َْ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُﺧَﺮى ‪ -‬ﻧـَْﺮﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً أ ْ‬‫•‪‬ﻧَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ أ ْ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬
‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِ ﻷَﻓـﻌﺎل اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ – ﻳـَﺘَ َﺤﺪﱠث – ﻳَ ْﺴ َِﱰﻳْﺢ – ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس – ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ ‪ -‬ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ ‪ -‬ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻀ َﺎرة ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﳊِ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ِ ... -١‬ﰲ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺔ َ ِرﻳْ َﺦ اﳊَ َ‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﳌـَُﺪ ِّرس ‪َ ِ ...‬ﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﻣ َﻊ اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب َواﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺎت‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ‪ ...‬اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب ﻟ ُﻤﺪﱠة ُرﺑُِﻊ َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ّ َ َ‬
‫ﺔاﻟﻌ ِﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﻨِّ ْﺼﻒ‬ ‫اﻻﺳِﱰاﺣﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﻋﺔ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‪َ ،‬و ‪ِ ...‬ﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـَْﺒ َﺪأ ْ َ َ‬
‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫اﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ‪ ...‬اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﻟ َﻜﻠِﻤﺔ اﻟ ﱠ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴ َﺤﺔ ﻓ ْﻴ َﻤﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس ‪ِ ...‬ﰲ َﻣ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﻞ اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم‬
‫) اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﻌِﻴﱠﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟِّﺮَ ِﺿﻴَﺎت ‪َ -‬واﳉُ ْﻐَﺮاﻓِﻴَﺎ (‬
‫ت اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآﻧِﻴَﺔ‬‫ﺾ اﻵ ِ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻧـَﺘَ َﺤﺪﱠث ِﰲ ِﺣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‪َ ...‬ﻋ ْﻦ ﺑـَْﻌ ِ َ‬
‫) ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ ‪ -‬اﻟﺘَﺎ ِرﻳْ َﺦ ‪ -‬اﻟﺘـﱠْﻔ ِﺴ ْﲑ (‬

‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪ -٣‬ﻳـَﺘَ َﺤﺪﱠث ﻳـُْﻮ ُﺳﻒ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ‪َ ...‬ﺟﻴِّ ًﺪا!‬
‫)اﻟﻌَﺮب ‪ -‬ا ِﻹ ِْﳒﻠِْﻴ ِﺰﻳﱠﺔ ‪ -‬إِﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِْﻴ ِﺴﻴَﺎ(‬
‫َ‬
‫اﺣﺔ ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس ‪ ،...‬ﰒُﱠ ﻧـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪َ -٤‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺼﺺ ‪ -‬ﻟ ُﻤﺪﱠة ُرﺑُ َﻊ َﺳ َ‬ ‫)ﺳﺘﱠﺔ أَﱠ م ‪ -‬أ َْرﺑَﻊ ﺣ َ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻌِ ْﲑ ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‪َ ،‬وأ ْ‬
‫ُﺧَﺮى(‬ ‫)ﻫﺬ ِﻩ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً أ ْ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ ‪ -‬أ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬

‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﻟ ِْﻤﺜَﺎل!‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ ْ‬
‫ﺼﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﺣ ﱠ َ‬
‫ﺼﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ ﻧَ ْﺪرس ؟ ‪ : -‬ﻧَ ْﺪرس ِ‬
‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﺣ‬‫= ‪َ : +‬ﻛﻢ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﲔ‬‫ﺼﺘـَْ ِ‬‫‪ِ -١‬ﺣ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﺺ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺛَﻼَ َ ِ‬
‫ثﺣ َ‬
‫ﺼﺺ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬أ َْرﺑَ َﻊ ﺣ َ‬
‫ﺼﺺ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﲬَْ ِ‬
‫ﺲﺣ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺼﺺ‬ ‫‪ِ -٥‬ﺳ ﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺖﺣ َ‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﻟ ِْﻤﺜَﺎل!‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ْ‬
‫ِﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ‪/‬اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن اﻟ َﻜ ِﺮْﱘ‬
‫= ‪َ : +‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ ؟ ‪ : -‬أَﻗـَْﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآ َن اﻟ َﻜ ِﺮْﱘ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗَ ْﺪ ُرس‪/‬اﻟﺘﱠﺎ ِرﻳْ َﺦ ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣ ّﻲ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬

 ‫ي‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﺒ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺗَ ْﻜﺘﺒِﲔ‪/‬اﳊ ِ‬
‫ﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ َْ َ‬
‫ﲔ‪/‬اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗَﻄْﺒَﺨ ْ َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗَﺴﺘﻌِﲑ ِ‬
‫‪/‬ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﻟ َـﻤ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬
‫ﱄ‬ ‫‪/‬اﻟﻮ ِاﺟ َ ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ َـﻤْﻨـﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﲔ َ‬‫‪ -٥‬ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤﻠ ْ َ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗُِﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻛِﺘﺎب ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ‬ ‫ْ َ َ‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﻟ ِْﻤﺜَﺎل!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬أ ْ‬
‫آن‪/‬ﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮ َ‬
‫= ‪َ : +‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ؟ ‪َ : -‬ﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫َﲪَﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس اﻟﺘﱠﺎ ِرﻳْﺦ‪/‬أ ْ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُﺐ اﳊَ ِﺪﻳْﺚ‪/‬اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻳَﻄْﺒُﺦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم‪/‬أ ُِّﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﻟ َـﻤ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺔ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌِﲑ ِ‬
‫َ َْ ْ‬
‫َﺧﻲ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻳـﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮ ِاﺟﺐ اﻟـﻤْﻨـ ِﺰِﱄ‪/‬أ ِ‬
‫َْ َ َ َ َ ّ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻳ ِﺮﻳﺪ ﻛِﺘﺎب ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ‪/‬أَ َ‬ ‫ُْ َ َ‬

‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫اﳉُ ْﻤﻠَﺔ‬
‫)‪(kalimat‬‬

‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻠِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِ‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫اﻻ ِْﲰﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِ‬
‫ُْ‬
‫)‪(dimulai dengan fi’il/perbuatan‬‬ ‫)‪(dimulai dengan isim /mubtada‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻠِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِ‬
‫ُْ‬
‫اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِْ‬
‫اﻻﲰﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫ﻳ ْﺪرس اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ اﻟﺪﱠرس ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳِْﲏ‬ ‫س ِّ ِ‬ ‫ﱠِ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ﲏ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳْ ّ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس اﻟﺪ ْﱠر َ‬
‫ﻒ َﻣﱠﺮًة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ اﳌَُﺪ ِّرس إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼ ّ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻣﱠﺮًة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫اﳌَُﺪ ِّرس ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼ ّ‬
‫ﱄ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ِاﺟ َ ِِ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ َ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ أ ْ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ِاﺟ َ ِِ‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ َ‬
‫أْ‬
‫ﺐ اﳌـَْﻨـﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﱄ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ َـﻤْﻨـﺰ ّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﳋَ ِﺎﻣ َﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ﻟَ ْﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ ُﻜ َﺮة ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﳋَ ِﺎﻣ َﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ ُﻜ َﺮة ﻳـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺗَ ْﺪرس اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒﺔ اﻟﺪﱠرس ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳِْﲏ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒﺔ ﺗَ ْﺪرس اﻟﺪﱠرس ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳِْﲏ‬
‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬
‫ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻊ اﳌَُﺪ ِّر َﺳﺔ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮًة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫اﳌَُﺪ ِّر َﺳﺔ ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮًة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮ ِاﺟ َ ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ِاﺟ َ ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﱄ‬
‫ﺐ اﳌـَْﻨـﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ ﻓَﺎﻃ َﻤﺔ َ‬ ‫ﱄ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ َـﻤْﻨـﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﻓَﺎﻃ َﻤﺔ ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ َ‬
‫اﻻﺳِﱰاﺣﺔ ِﰲ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻻﺳِﱰاﺣﺔ ﺗـﻨـﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ِﰲ ِ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ْ َ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َْ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬ ‫أَﻗـﺮأ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ‬ ‫أَ َ أَﻗْـﺮأ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬
‫َْ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َْﳓﻦ ﻧََﺴﺘَﻌِ‬
‫ﻧَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ﻌ‬‫ـ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﲑ‬
‫ُ ْ ْ َْ َ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫( ‪1.‬‬ ‫) ﲨﻠﺔ اﲰﻴّﺔ ( ‪ُ ) yang di awal kalimat berupa isim, maka disebut‬ﲨْﻠَﺔ‬
‫‪ ) yang di awal kalimat berupa fi’il yang didahulukan, sedangkan pelakunya berada‬ﲨﻠَﺔ (‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫ُْ‬
‫‪ ).‬ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ( ‪setelah fi’il, maka dinamai‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ ) tidak terdapat dalam kontruksi kalimat bahasa‬ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ( ‪Pada umumnya susunan‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬
‫‪Indonesia.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪Oleh karena itu, terjemahan kedua jumlah pada dasarnya sama, seperti berikut.‬‬

‫‪Pak guru kembali lagi ke kelas‬‬ ‫َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮة‬ ‫اﳌَُﺪ ِّرس ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫‪Pak guru kembali lagi ke kelas‬‬ ‫َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮة‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ اﳌَُﺪ ِّرس إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪Kita meminjam beberapa buku‬‬
‫َْﳓ ُﻦ ﻧَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪Kita meminjam beberapa buku‬‬
‫ﻧَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬

 ‫( َﻣ ْﻔﻌُ ْﻮل ﺑِﻪ‬objek)
1. Fi’il (kata kerja) yang membutuhkan objek (maf’ul bih) dinamakan fi’il muta’addi(kata
kerja transitif)
2. Fi’il (kata kerja) yang tidak membutuhkan objek (maf’ul bih) disebut fi’il lazim (kata kerja
intransitif)
3. Jika dibaca lengkap, ( ‫ ) َﻣ ْﻔﻌُ ْﻮل ﺑِﻪ‬yang mufrad dibaca ( ‫) ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬
Perhatikan kedua macam jumlah tersebut berikut ini!

(‫)أ‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ اﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ‬
Pelengkap yang berfungsi
Catatan sebagai ‫اﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
Kalimat utama meliputi
‫( اﳌﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬objek) “perbuatan + pelaku”

‫ﲏ‬
ّ
ِّ ‫اﻟ ﱠﺪرس‬
ِْ‫اﻟﺪﻳ‬ َْ ‫ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس‬-١
Kalimat (jumlah) 1 s/d 4 َ َ‫اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ‬-٢
‫)ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ ِِ َ ‫اﺟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ِ َ‫ ﺗـﻌﻤﻞ ﻓ‬-٣
‫ﺎﻃ َﻤﺔ‬
‫ﱄ‬ّ ‫ﺐ اﳌـَْﻨـﺰ‬
memiliki objek (
َ َ َْ
‫ﺼﺔ‬ ِ
‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫ أَ َ أَﻗـَْﺮأ‬-٤
(‫)ب‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ اﻷﻓﻌﺎل اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ‬
Pelengkap menunjukkan
Catatan tempat atau waktu, BUKAN ‫اﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
Kalimat utama meliputi
‫( اﳌﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬objek) “perbuatan + pelaku”

‫ﻒ‬ َ ‫إِ َﱃ‬

ّ ‫اﻟﺼ‬ ‫ اﻟ ُـﻤ َﺪ ِّرس ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ‬-١
Kalimat (jumlah) 1 s/d 3
TIDAK memiliki objek ٍ‫ﻛﻞ ﻳـَْﻮم‬
‫إﱃ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ ﱠ‬ ‫ ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ‬-٢
( ‫) ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ ِ ‫ِﰲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘ‬ ِ ِ
‫ﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ‬ َ ‫ ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ‬-٣
‫اﺣﺔ‬

٢٣ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )أ(‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻢ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِْﻴ ِﺴﻴﱠﺔ اﳉَﻴِّ َﺪة‪! ،‬‬
‫اﻻ ِْﲰﻴﱠﺔ !‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻠِﻴﱠﺔ ِﻣﻦ اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِ‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﻋِﲔ اﳉﻤﻠَﺔ ِ‬
‫َ ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُْ‬
‫ﲔ َﻣﺎ َو َﺟ ْﺪﺗَﻪُ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌ ـَ ْﻔﻌُﻮل ﺑﻪ !‬
‫)‪َ (٣‬ﻋِّ ْ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫َﻣ ْﻔﻌُ ْﻮل ﺑِﻪ‬ ‫اﲰﻴﱠﺔ‪/‬ﻓِ ْﻌﻠِﻴﱠﺔ؟‬
‫ِْ‬ ‫اﳉُ ْﻤﻠَﺔ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َﲪﺪ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴّﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ أ ْ‬
‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ أ ْ َ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬
‫ﺼْﺒ َﺢ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ُـﻤ ْﺴﻠِ ُﻤ ْﻮن اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻳُ َ‬
‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫×‬ ‫اﲰﻴّﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺒَﺔ ﺗـَْﺮﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ ﺑـَْﻴﺘ َﻬﺎ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪَ َﻣﱠﺮًة ِﰲ اﻷ ْ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬
‫ُﺳﺒـُْﻮع‬
‫‪ -٥‬اﻟ ُـﻤ َﺪ ِّرس ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة‬
‫‪....‬‬
‫×‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ َﻋﺎﺋ َﺸﺔ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺒـﱡْﻮَرة‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺗَ ْﻜﺘُﺐ اﳌـَُﺪ ِّر َﺳﺔ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ َ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬

‫‪....‬‬
‫ُﺳَﺮة ِﰲ ﺑـَْﻴﺖ َﻛﺒِ ْﲑ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫×‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺗَ ْﺴ ُﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻷ ْ‬
‫‪ -٩‬أَِﰊ ﻳَ ْﺸَﺮب اﻟﺸﱠﺎي ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﻷَ ْﻛﻞ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬

‫‪ -٠١‬اﳋَ ِﺎد َﻣﺔ ﺗَﻄْﺒُﺦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤﻄْﺒَﺦ‬

‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )ب(‬
‫ﺿ ْﺒ ِﻂ )اﳌَﻔﻌُﻮل ﺑﻪ( ﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ!‬ ‫اِ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑَِﻘﺔ َﻣ ﱠﺮًة أُ ْﺧ َﺮى َﻣ َﻊ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻤ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اﳉ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫أ‬
‫ﺮ‬‫َ‬‫ْ‬‫ـ‬ ‫ﻗ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫َﲪَﺪ‬
‫ﻫ َﺬا أ ْ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳ ْﺪرس ِﰲ إِﺣﺪى اﻟـﻤﺪا ِرس اﻟـﻤﺘـﻮ ِﺳﻄَﺔ ا ِﻹﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬ﻳ ْﺪرس ﻓِﻴـﻬﺎ دروﺳﺎ َﻛﺜِﻴـﺮة‪ ،‬وِﻫﻲ ِّ‬
‫‪:‬اﻟﺪﻳْ ُﻦ‬ ‫َ ِ ُ َْ ُ ُ ْ ً َْ ِ َ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ ََ ّ‬ ‫َْ ََ‬ ‫َُ َ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻚ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺎت‪،‬‬ ‫ﻐﺮاﻓﻴَﺎ َو َﻏﻴـُْﺮﻫﺎ‪َ .‬وﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس َﻛﺬﻟ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَﻣ ّﻲ َواﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮُم اﻟﻄَﺒِﻴﻌﻴﱠﺔ َواﻟِّﺮَ ﺿﻴَﺎت َواﻟﺘﱠﺎ ِرﻳْﺦ َواﳉُ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ وأ ْ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِِ‬ ‫وِﻫﻲ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔُ ا ِﻹﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِ ِﺴﻴﱠﺔواﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔُ َ ِ‬
‫اﱄ‬
‫َﺻﺪﻗَ ُﺎؤﻩُ ﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم َﺣ َﻮ َ ْ‬ ‫ﺔ‪.‬وﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس أ ْ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑﻴﱠﺔ َواﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ اﻹ ْﳒﻠْﻴ ِﺰﻳﱠ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﺺ د َراﺳﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫َﲦَ ِﺎﱐ ﺣ َ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‪ِ .‬ﻋْﻨ َﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﻌ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑ َﻌﺔ‪َ .‬وﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ّ َ َ‬ ‫اﺳﺘـَُﻬ ْﻢ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ِاﻟﻄﱡَﻼب ﻳـَْﺒ َﺪ ُؤْو َن د َر َ‬
‫ﺼﻒ َﻣﱠﺮة َ ﻧِﻴَﺔ ﻟِ ُﻤﺪﱠة ﺛَﻼَث‬ ‫ﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﰒُﱠ ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻌُ ْﻮ َن إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺎﺷﺮة واﻟﱡﺮﺑﻊ إِ َﱃ ِ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺷَﺮة َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ َ َ ُ‬
‫اﺳِﱰاﺣﺔ ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ََْ َ َ‬
‫ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺻﻼَة اﻟﻈ ْﻬﺮ ﻳـَْﺮﺟﻌُ ْﻮ َن إ َﱃ ﺑـُﻴـُْﻮ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻟِ ِّ‬
‫اﺳﺔ ‪َ ،‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬ ‫ﻠﺪ َر َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ‪ُ .‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺐ ُِﳎ ّﺪ َوﻧَ ِﺸْﻴﻂ‪َ .‬ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ﻻَ ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ ﺑـَْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳْ ُﻖ أ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻫ َﺬا َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ أ َْواِ ْﺳﺘِ َﻌ َﺎرﺗِﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ َﻛﺜِﻴـًْﺮا إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ﻟِِﻘَﺮاءَة ﺑـَْﻌ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑَ ْﻞ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ َﻣ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَ ِﺔ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‪َ .‬ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أَﺣﻴﺎ ً ﻳـ ْﻘﺮأ ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ِﰲ اﻟـﻤ ْﻜﺘـﺒﺔ ﺑـﻌﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ ِّ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺺ َ‬ ‫ﺾ اﻟ َﻘ َ‬ ‫ُﺧَﺮى ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً أ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻳْﻨﻴﱠﺔ‪َ .‬وأ ْ‬ ‫َ ََ َْ َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴﺢ )ص( أ َْو اﳋَﻄَﺄ)خ( ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎﻟﻨَ ِّ‬
‫َﲪﺪ اﻟﺪﱡروس ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳْﻨِﻴﱠﺔ َو َﻏْﻴ َـﺮَﻫﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻌُﻠُ ْﻮم‬ ‫‪) -١‬ص –خ ( ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس أ ْ َ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﺲ َﺳ َ‬ ‫ﲬ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ﻮم‬
‫ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻴ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫َﺻ ِﺪﻗَ ُﺎؤﻩُ ِ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ َوأ ْ‬
‫‪) -٢‬ص –خ ( ﻳَ ْﺪ ُرس أ ْ‬
‫َ‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪) -٣‬ص –خ ( ﺗـَْﺒ َﺪأ اﳊِ ﱠ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎد َﺳﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺔ اﻷ ُْوَﱃ ﻓـﻲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫ﺼﺔ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺎدﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﺘ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ‬ ‫‪) -٤‬ص –خ ( ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ اﳊِ ﱠ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‬ ‫اﺣﺔ ﻓـِﻲ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﺳ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﻨّ ْ‬ ‫‪) -٥‬ص –خ ( ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬
‫‪) -٦‬ص –خ ( ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻊ اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب إِ َﱃ ﺑـُﻴـُْﻮِِ ْﻢ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أَﺟﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟‬
‫َﲪَﺪ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ ؟‬
‫‪ -٢‬أَﻳْ َﻦ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ أ ْ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻫﻞ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ َﻣ ْﻔﺘـُْﻮ َﺣﺔ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﻳُِﺮﻳْﺪ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻫﻞ ﻳـ ْﻘﺮأ ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ اﻟ ُﻜﺘﺐ ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳْﻨِﻴﱠﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻳـَْﻮم ؟‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ََ َ‬
‫‪َ -٦‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَﻌِ ْﲑ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻠِﻴﱠﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ إِ َﱃ ُﲨَﻞ اِ ِْﲰﻴﱠﺔ !‬‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬ﺣ ِﻮل اﳉﻤﻞ ِ‬
‫َ ّ َُ‬
‫َﲪﺪ ِ‬
‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً = أﲪﺪ ﻳﻘﺮأ ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺼﺔ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ أ ْ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ أ ْ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ = ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻧُ َ‬
‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ = ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗـَْﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺒَﺔ إِ َﱃ ﺑـَْﻴﺘ َﻬﺎ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َ ِﻇﺮ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة = ‪....‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ = ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻌ ْﲑ أُﱡم َﻛ ْﻠﺜـُْﻮم ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫ُﺳَﺮة اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّﺪ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ ِﰲ ﺑـَْﻴﺖ َﻛﺒِ ْﲑ = ‪....‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺗَ ْﺴ ُﻜﻦ أ ْ‬
‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬
 ‫ﺎﺳﺐ َﺣﺎﻟَﻚ !‬ ‫َﺟﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴﺔ ِﲟَﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أ ِ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺐ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ اﻟ ُـﻤﺘـََﻮ ِّﺳﻄَﺔ ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻫﻞ أَﻧْﺖ ﻃَﺎﻟِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٢‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَ ْﻐ ِﺮق اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺑـَْﻴﺘِﻚ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٣‬ﻛ ْﻢ َﺳ َ‬
‫ﺼﺔ ﺗَ ْﺪ ُرس ِﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٤‬ﻛ ْﻢ ِﺣ ﱠ‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ ِﰲ َﻣ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَ ِﺔ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٦‬ﻣ َﱴ ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ ﺑـَْﻴﺘِﻚ ؟‬

‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﱰاق ‪ -‬اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬‫َِﲢﻴﱠ ُ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺎت اْﻻﻓْ َ‬
‫)‪(salam perpisahan‬‬ ‫أ‪ -‬ﲢﻴّﺎت اﻻﻓﱰاق‬
‫اﳉﻮاب‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ !‬ ‫إِ َﱃ اﻟﻠِ َﻘﺎء !‬
‫ﰲ أﻣﺎن ﷲ !‬ ‫إﱃ اﻟﻠﻘﺎء َﻏ ًﺪا !‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﷲ !‬ ‫إﱃ اﻟﻠﻘﺎء ﰲ ‪ ...‬إِ ْن َﺷﺎءَ ﷲ !‬
‫ﷲ ﻳﺴﻠّﻤﻚ !‬
‫اﻟﻨﺺ اﻵﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ب‪ -‬اﻗﺮأ‬
‫‪Huruf terakhir dari kata yang menjadi dibaca‬‬ ‫‪fathah.‬‬

‫( ‪Jangan lupa, huruf terakhir‬‬ ‫‪), huruf terakhir kata yang berada setelah adawat jar‬‬
‫( ‪dan sebagainya, dibaca sebagaimana pada‬‬ ‫!‪) dars yang lalu‬‬

‫دروﺳﺎ ﻛﺜﲑة‪ ،‬واﻟﻴﻮم‪ ،‬ﻧﺪرس ﺳﺒﻊ ﺣﺼﺺ ‪.‬وﻫﻲ‪:‬ﰲ ّ‬

‫اﳊﺼﺔ اﻷوﱃ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮم ﻧﺪرس ً‬ ‫ّ‬
‫اﳊﺼﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪرس ﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ اﳊﺼﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪرس ﻋﻠﻮم‬
‫ﻧﺪرس اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴّﺔ ‪ .‬ﰲ ّ‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬
‫اﳊﺼﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ واﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﰲ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫اﳊﺼﺔ اﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪرس اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﰲ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺪرس اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳّﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺪأ دراﺳﺘَﻨﺎ ﰲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة واﻟﺮﺑﻊ‪.‬وﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﱰاﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة‬
‫ﻣﺮًة ﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻧﺼﻠّﻲ اﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻒ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫واﻟﺮﺑﻊ إﱃ اﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮة واﻟﻨﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﰒ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ إﱃ‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ إﱃ اﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﳎ ّﺪ وﻧﺸﻴﻂ‪.‬ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ إﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼة اﻟﻈﻬ ِﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫إﱃ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﳌﺪرﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺜﲑا إﱃ اﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮاءة‪ ،‬أو ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎرة ِ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻜﺘُﺐ‪ .‬وﰲ‬
‫اﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻳﻘﺮأ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ أﺣﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺣﻴﺎ أﺧﺮى ﻳﻘﺮأ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻘﺼﺺ ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬

٣ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻮِﻣﻴﱠﺎﺗـُﻨَﺎ ِﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‬
Rumah merupakan kebutuhan terpenting bagi manusia. Karena rumah adalah tempat tinggal
yang berguna untuk berteduh, berlindung, beristirahat dan beraktivitas lainnya. Dalam
pelajaran kali ini, kita akan mempelajari kegiatan-kegiatan di rumah. Mulai dari bangun
tidur, mandi, shalat, belajar dan lainnya. Selamat belajar!.

! ‫اﻧﻈﺮ واﻗﺮأ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Siswa sedang shalat Siswa bangun tidur Siswa sedang tidur di tempat
berjama’ah tidur

ً‫ﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ُﺻﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬
َ َ‫ﺼ ْﺒﺢ َﲨ‬ َ‫أ‬ ‫َﺳﺘـَْﻴ ِﻘﻆ ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم‬
ْ‫أ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ‬
‫أَ َ م َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Siswa belajar Siswa menyisir rambut Siswa menggosok gigi

‫أُ َذاﻛِﺮ اﻟ ﱡﺪ ُرْوس‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻌﺮ‬

َ ‫ﻂ اﻟ‬
ُ‫ﺸ‬ُ ‫أ َْﻣ‬ ‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ِ ﻟ ُﻔ ْﺮ َﺷﺔ‬ ِ
ْ ‫أُﻧَﻈّﻒ اﻷ‬

٢٩ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Siswa menyetrika pakaian‬‬ ‫‪Siswa mengepel lantai‬‬ ‫‪Siswa menyapu lantai‬‬

‫أَ ْﻛ ِﻮي اﻟ َـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ ِ ﳌِ ْﻜ َﻮاة‬ ‫أ َْﻣ َﺴﺢ اﻷَ ْر ِﺿﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫أَ ْﻛﻨُﺲ ِ ﳌِ ْﻜﻨَ َﺴﺔ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Siswa naik bis‬‬ ‫‪Siswa mendengar berita‬‬
‫‪radio‬‬

‫أ َْرَﻛﺐ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬ ‫أَﺳﺘَ ِﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷَ ْﺧﺒَﺎر‬

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬
‫ﱠﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔً ‪ -‬أ َْﻣ ُﺸﻂ اﻟﺸ ْ‬ ‫ﺼْﺒﺢ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫ُﺻﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫•‪‬أ َ م ﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳﺮ ‪ -‬أ ِ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘـَْﻴﻘﻆ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم ‪ -‬أ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﱡرْوس ‪ -‬أَ ْﻛﻨُﺲ ﳌ ْﻜﻨَ َﺴﺔ ‪ -‬أ َْﻣ َﺴﺢ اﻷ َْرﺿﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ﻟ ُﻔ ْﺮ َﺷﺔ – أُ َذاﻛﺮاﻟﺪ ُ‬
‫•‪‬أُﻧَﻈّﻒ اﻷ ْ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر ‪ -‬أ َْرَﻛﺐ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬ ‫•‪‬أَ ْﻛ ِﻮي اﻟـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ ِ ﳌِ ْﻜﻮاة ‪ -‬أ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ‪ -‬أ َْرﺿﻴﱠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣ ْﻜﻨَ َﺴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣ ْﻜ َﻮاة‬ ‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ‪َ -‬ﻣ ْﻌ ُﺠ ْﻮ ُن اﻷ ْ‬
‫•‪‬ﻓـُْﺮ َﺷﺔُ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ :(١‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِﻟ َﻜﻠِﻤﺎت اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ !‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺎف ‪ -‬اﳌِ ْﻜ َﻮاة(‬
‫)اﳌِ ْﻜﻨَ َﺴﺔ –اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ–اﻟ ُﻔ ْﺮ َﺷﺔ–اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة–اﳌِْﻤ َﺴ َﺤﺔ–اﻟ َﻘﻠَﻢ اﳉَ ّ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ َ ﻛًِﺮا‬ ‫‪ -١‬أَ َ م ﻋﻠَﻰ ‪ ، ...‬ﰒُﱠ أ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬ ‫َﺳﺘـَْﻴﻘﻆ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬

 ‫ِ‬
‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ﺑِـ ‪ ...‬ﰒُﱠ أ َْﻣ ُﺸﻂ اﻟﺸ ْ‬
‫ﱠﻌﺮ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬أُﻧَﻈّﻒ اﻷ ْ‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﳋَ ِﺎد َﻣﺔ ﺗَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ اﻷ َْر ِﺿﻴﱠﺔ ﺑـ ‪َ ...‬وﺗَ ْﻜ ِﻮي اﻟ َـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ ﺑِـ ـ ‪....‬‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﻋﻠَﻴـَْﻬﺎ ﺑِـ ـ ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺐ ﳝَْ َﺴﺢ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺒـﱡْﻮَرة ﺑِـ ‪َ ...‬وﻳَ ْﻜﺘُﺐ اﻟ َﻜﻠ َﻤﺎت َ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎول أَِﰊ اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ َﻣ ْﻜﺘَﺒِ ِﻪ ﺑِـ ـ ‪....‬‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِ ﻷَﻓـﻌﺎل اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ !‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َﺳﺘـَْﻴ ِﻘﻆ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﺤ ّﻢ–أ َْرﺗَﺪي–أُ َذاﻛﺮ–أُﻧَﻈّﻒ–أَ َ م–أ ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أُﺻﻠِّﻲ –أ ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺻ َﻼ ِة اﻟﻌِ َﺸﺎء‬
‫ﱡرْوس ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺾ اﻟﺪ ُ‬ ‫‪ ... -١‬ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫ﱄ‪ ،‬ﰒ ‪َ ...‬ﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ‬ ‫ﺐ اﳌـَْﻨ ِﺰِ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬أَﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻮ ِ‬
‫اﺟ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ َ ﻛًِﺮا‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ ... -٣‬ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم َ‬
‫ﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒّ ‪ِ ...‬ﰲ اﳊَ ﱠﻤﺎم‬ ‫‪ -٤‬أَرِﺟﻊ ِﻣﻦ اﻟـﻤ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َو أَﺗﻨﺎول اﻟﻔﻄﻮر‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ ... -٥‬ﻣﻼَﺑ َ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٣‬اِﻣ َﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِ ﻷَﻓـﻌﺎل اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫)ﺗَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ –ﻳـَْﺮَﻛﺐ– ﻳَ ْﻜ ِﻮي –ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻤﻊ–ﳝَْ َﺴﺢ ‪ -‬ﺗـَ ْﻐ ِﺴﻞ(‬
‫‪ -١‬اُﻧْﻈُْﺮ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻮﻇﱠﻒ‪َ ،‬وُﻫ َﻮ ‪ ...‬اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ إِ َﱃ اﳋَ ِﺎد َﻣﺔ‪َ ،‬وِﻫ َﻲ ‪ ...‬اﻷ َْر ِﺿﻴَﺔ ِ ﳌِ ْﻜﻨَ َﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ -٣‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ إِ َﱃ أ ُْﺧ ِﱵ‪َ ،‬وِﻫ َﻲ ‪ ...‬اﻟ َـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ‬
‫‪ -٤‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ إِ َﱃ َﺧﻠِْﻴﻞ‪َ ،‬وُﻫ َﻮ ‪ ...‬اﻟ َـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ ِ ﳌِ ْﻜ َﻮاة‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎ ِر َ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎ َﱂ‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ‪َ ،‬وُﻫ َﻮ‪ ...‬إِ َﱃ أ ْ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ إِ َﱃ أ ْ‬

‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌـِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ ْ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬ ‫ِﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗـ ْﻘﺮ ِ‬
‫أ‪/‬اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬ ‫‪ : +‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـ ْﻘﺮأ ؟ ‪ : -‬أَﻗـﺮأ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ‪/‬اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن‬‫‪ -١‬ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﱠﺎ ِرﻳْ َﺦ ا ِﻹ ْﺳﻼَِﻣ ّﻲ‬
‫ﺲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻞ‪/‬ﻣﻼَﺑ َ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗـَ ْﻐﺴ َ‬
‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺐ اﳌـَْﻨـ ِﺰِ‬ ‫اﺟ‬‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـﻌﻤﻞ‪/‬اﻟﻮ ِ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َْ َ َ َ‬
‫ي اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺪ َرِﺳ ّﻲ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺗـَْﺮﺗَ ِﺪي‪/‬اﻟِّﺰ ﱠ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬‫‪ -٦‬ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ ‪/‬اﻟ َـﻤ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ َ‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌـِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ْ‬
‫ُﺳﺘَﺎذ َﻋﻠِ ّﻲ‬‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‪/‬اﻷ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُﺳﺘَﺎذ َﻋﻠ ّﻲ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬ ‫َﺧﺒَﺎر ؟ ‪ : -‬اﻷ ْ‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﳝَْ َﺴﺢ اﻷ َْر ِﺿﻴﱠﺔ‪/‬اﳋَ ِﺎدم‬
‫ﺎم‪/‬اﻟﻮﻟَﺪ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَﺤ ّﻢ ﰲ اﳊَ ﱠﻤ َ‬
‫ُﺧ ِﱵ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻳَ ْﻜ ِﻮي اﻟ َـﻤﻼَﺑِﺲ‪/‬أ ْ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ اﻷ َْر ِﺿﻴﱠﺔ‪/‬اﳋَ ِﺎد َﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳـَﺘَ َﺤﺪﱠث َﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‪/‬اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّﺪ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬

 ‫ﺎدل اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ َواﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻮﺑَﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ ُﻣ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻌﻴـْﻨًﺎ ِ ﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٣‬ﺗـَﺒَ َ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ﻣ َﱴ ﺗَ ْﺴﺘـَْﻴ ِﻘﻆ ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم ؟‬
‫ﺼْﺒ َﺢ ؟‬ ‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬‫‪ -٢‬أَﻳْ َﻦ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ؟‬ ‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫‪َ -٣‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َﻣ ْﺸﻴًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗْ َﺪام ؟‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻣ َﱴ ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻊ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٦‬ﻣ َﱴ ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ ُد ُرْو َﺳﻚ ِﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ؟‬

‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺖ‬‫–ﻫﻲ ‪ -‬أَﻧْﺖ–أَﻧْ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﱠﻤﺎﺋِﺮ ﻟِﻠْﻤ ْﻔﺮد ‪ :‬أَ َ ‪ -‬ﻫﻮ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َُ َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﻟﻀ ِ ِ‬
‫ْﺠ ْﻤﻊ ‪َْ :‬ﳓ ُﻦ ‪ُ -‬ﻫ ْﻢ ُ‬
‫–ﻫ ﱠﻦ–أَﻧـْﺘُ ْﻢ–أَﻧـُْ ﱠ‬
‫ﱳ‬ ‫ﱠﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﻠ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ْﺠ ْﻤﻊ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻟﻠ َ‬ ‫ْﻤ ْﻔ َﺮد‬
‫ﻟﻠ ُ‬
‫‪َْ -١‬ﳓ ُﻦ ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ -١‬أَ َ أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ُ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻢ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒـُْﻮ َن إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ُ -٢‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
‫ﱭ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ُ -٣‬ﻫ ﱠﻦ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ ْ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٣‬ﻫ َﻲ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬
‫‪ -٤‬أَﻧـْﺘُ ْﻢ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒـُْﻮن إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪َ -٤‬‬
‫ﲔ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﱭ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬‫ﱳ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫ ْ َ‬‫‪ -٥‬أَﻧـْ ُﱠ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬أﻧﺖ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْ َ‬

‫أَﻧـْ ُّ‬
‫ﱳ‬ ‫ﻦ‬
‫ُﻫ ﱠ‬ ‫أَﻧـْﺘُﻢ‬ ‫ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻦ‬
‫ﳓُ‬‫َْ‬ ‫أَ َ‬
‫ﱭ‬
‫ﺗَ ْﻜﺘـُْ َ‬ ‫ﱭ‬‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺘـُْ َ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﻜﺘـُﺒـُْﻮن‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺘـُﺒـُْﻮن‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻧَ ْﻜﺘُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫أَ ْﻛﺘُ ُ‬
‫ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأْ َن‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأْ َن‬ ‫ﺗـَْﻘَﺮُؤْون‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮُؤْون‬ ‫ﻧـَْﻘَﺮأ‬ ‫أَﻗـَْﺮأ‬
‫ﺗـَْﺮِﺟ ْﻌ َﻦ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟ ْﻌ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻌُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻌُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻧـَْﺮِﺟﻊ‬ ‫أ َْرِﺟﻊ‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫َْﲡﻠِ ْﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫َْﳚﻠِ ْﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫َْﲡﻠِ ُﺴ ْﻮن‬ ‫َْﳚﻠِ ُﺴ ْﻮن‬ ‫َْﳒﻠِﺲ‬ ‫َﺟﻠِﺲ‬‫أْ‬
‫ﺗـَ ْﻐ ِﺴ ْﻠ َﻦ‬ ‫ﻳـَ ْﻐ ِﺴ ْﻠ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺗـَ ْﻐ ِﺴﻠُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻳـَ ْﻐ ِﺴﻠُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻧـَ ْﻐ ِﺴﻞ‬ ‫أَ ْﻏ ِﺴﻞ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ْﺪ َن‬‫ﺗُﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻫ ْﺪ َن‬‫ﻳﺸ ِ‬ ‫ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﻳﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﻧُﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِْﺮ َن‬ ‫ﻳُ َﺬاﻛِْﺮ َن‬ ‫ﺗُ َﺬاﻛُِﺮْون‬ ‫ﻳُ َﺬاﻛُِﺮْون‬ ‫ﻧُ َﺬاﻛِﺮ‬ ‫أُ َذاﻛِﺮ‬
‫ﺗـَْﺮﺗَ ِﺪﻳْﻦ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮﺗَ ِﺪﻳْﻦ‬ ‫ﺗـَْﺮﺗَ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮﺗَ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﻧـَْﺮﺗَ ِﺪى‬ ‫أ َْرﺗَ ِﺪى‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﱠﻤﺎﺋِﺮ !‬‫ﻀ‬ ‫ﻠ‬‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟِ‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻦ‬
‫ﳓُ‬‫َْ‬ ‫ُﻫ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻦ‬
‫ُﻫ ﱠ‬ ‫أَﻧـْﺘُﻢ‬ ‫أَﻧـْ ُّ‬
‫ﱳ‬ ‫أَ َ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫أَ ْﻛﺘُ ُ‬
‫ﻧـَْﻘَﺮأ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮُؤْون‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫أَﻗـَْﺮأ‬
‫ﻧـَْﺮِﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟﻌُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟ ْﻌ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻌُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﺗـَْﺮِﺟ ْﻌ َﻦ‬ ‫أ َْرِﺟﻊ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫َﺟﻠِﺲ‬ ‫أْ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫أَ ْﻏ ِﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻧُﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﺗُﺸ ِ‬‫ﻳﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ْﺪ َن‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ْﺪ َن‬ ‫ﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫أُﺷ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫أُ َذاﻛِﺮ‬
‫ﱠﻤﺎﺋِﺮ َﻣ َﻊ ﺗـَﻐْﻴِ ْﲑ َﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺰم !‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ (٢‬ﻛ ّﻤﻞ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻀ َ‬
‫أَ َ أَﺟﻠِﺲ ِﰲ اﻟﻐُﺮﻓَﺔ وأَﻗـﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘﺮآن اﻟ َﻜ ِﺮْﱘ ﰒُﱠ أ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻤ ُﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َ َْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َْﳓ ُﻦ ____________ َو ______________ ﰒُﱠ _____________‬
‫ُﻫ ْﻢ ____________ َو ______________ ﰒُﱠ _____________‬
‫ُﻫ ﱠﻦ ____________ َو ______________ ﰒُﱠ _____________‬
‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫أَﻧـْﺘُ ْﻢ ____________ َو ______________ ﰒُﱠ _____________‬
‫أَﻧـُْ ﱠ‬
‫ﱳ ____________ َو ______________ ﰒُﱠ _____________‬

‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﺎت اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب َواﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺎت‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ ﻳـﻮِﻣﻴﱠ ِ‬
‫ْ َْ‬
‫)أ(‬
‫أَ َ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺐ ِﰲ اﳌـ ْﺪرﺳﺔ اﻟـﻤﺘـﻮ ِﺳﻄَﺔ ا ِﻹﺳﻼَِﻣﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬أَﺳﺘـﻴ ِﻘﻆ ِﻣﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠﻮم ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﱠﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ْ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ ََ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻼَة أَﻗـَْﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ اﳌـَُﺬا َﻛَﺮة أ َْو‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُﺻﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔً‪َ .‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴﺠﺪ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫ﺿﺄ ﰒُﱠ أ َ‬ ‫أَﺗـََﻮ ﱠ‬
‫َﺳﺘَ ِﺤ ّﻢ‪،‬ﰒُﱠ أ َْرﺗَ ِﺪي َﻣﻼَﺑِﺲ‬ ‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ِ ﻟ ُﻔ ْﺮ َﺷﺔ َوأ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﱡرْوس‪.‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳊَ ﱠﻤﺎم َوأُﻧَﻈّﻒ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫ﺾ اﻟﺪ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫أُ َذاﻛﺮ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‪ .‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ ﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎوِل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ ِﰲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻀﻲ اﻷَ ﱠ م ِّ ِ‬ ‫وِﰲ اﳌـ ْﺪرﺳﺔ‪ ،‬أَﻗْ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺪ َراﺳﻴﱠﺔ ِﰲ ﺟ ّﺪ َوﻧَ َﺸﺎط‪ .‬ﰒُﱠ أ َْرﺟﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََ‬
‫ﺼﻠﱠﻰ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬‫ُﻣ َ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫ﱠﺎﱄ أُ َذاﻛِﺮ‬ ‫ﺼَﺮ َو ﻟﺘ ِ‬ ‫ِﰲ اﻟﺒـﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑـﻌ َﺪ ﺗـﻨﺎوِل اﻟﻐ َﺪاء ِﰲ ﻏُﺮﻓَِﺔ اﻷَ ْﻛﻞ‪ .‬أَﺳ ِﱰﻳﺢ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼً ﰒُﱠ أ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻌ ْ‬
‫ُﺻﻠّﻲ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ َْ ََ ُ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ِﰲ َﻣ ْﺴﺠﺪ ﻗَ ِﺮﻳْﺐ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُﺳَﺮِﰐ‪ .‬أ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُﺻﻠّﻲ اﳌَْﻐ ِﺮب َواﻟﻌ َﺸﺎء َﲨَ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺾ ُد ُرْوﺳﻲ أ َْو أ ََﲢَﺪﱠث َﻣ َﻊ أَﻓـَْﺮاد أ ْ‬ ‫ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫ﺑـﻴ ِﱵ‪ .‬وﺑـﻌﺪ ذﻟِﻚ أُ َذاﻛِﺮ ﺑـﻌﺾ درو ِﺳﻲ وأَﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻮ ِاﺟﺒﺎت اﳌْﻨـ ِﺰﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‪ .‬وأَﺣﻴﺎ ً أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن ﻗَﻠِْﻴﻼ‬ ‫َ َْ َ‬ ‫َْ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َْ َ َْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وأ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘـَْﻴﻘﻆ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم ُﻣﺒَ ّﻜًﺮا ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‪.‬ﰒُﱠ أَ َ م ُﻣﺒَ ّﻜًﺮا ﻷ ْ‬ ‫َﺳﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫)ه(‬
‫وأ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺼﻼَة ﻳـَْﻘَﺮُؤْون اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‪ ،‬أ َْو‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ‪َ .‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱡ ْﻮن اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ﺼْﺒ َﺢ أَﻳْ ً‬ ‫َﺻﺪﻗَﺎﺋﻲ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ ْﻢ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻀ ْﻮ َن أ َْوﻗَﺎﺗـَُﻬ ْﻢ ﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ َوﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺟ ّﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺔ‪.‬ﻫ ْﻢ ﻳـَْﻘ ُ‬‫ﻳُ َﺬاﻛُﺮْون ُد ُرْو َﺳ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒـُْﻮ َن إ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳ ُ‬
‫ﻀ ْﲔ أ َْوﻗَﺎﺗـَُﻬ ّﻦ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َوِﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ ِﰲ ِﺟ ّﺪ َوﻧَ َﺸﺎط‪.‬‬ ‫وﻧَ َﺸﺎط‪ .‬وﺻ ِﺪﻳـ َﻘﺎﺗـﻨَﺎ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒﺎت َﻛﺬﻟِﻚ ﻳـ ْﻘ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬ﻗُﻞ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة!‬ ‫ﺻﺤ ْﻴﺢ )ص( أ َْو َﺧﻄَﺄ )خ( ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﱠﺮاﺑِ َﻌﺔ َواﻟﱡﺮﺑُﻊ َ‬
‫‪) -١‬ص –خ ( ﻳـَﻨَﺎم اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺐ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠﺴ َ‬
‫‪) -٢‬ص –خ ( ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأاﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ‬
‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ِﰲ اﳊَ ﱠﻤﺎم‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪) -٣‬ص –خ ( ﻳُ َﻦ ﻇّﻒ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺐ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ي اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺪ َرِﺳ ّﻲ ﻗَ ْـﺒ َﻞ ﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎوِل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬ ‫‪) -٤‬ص –خ ( ﻳـَْﺮﺗَ ِﺪي اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺰ ﱠ‬
‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﺑـﻌ َﺪ ِ‬
‫‪) -٥‬ص –خ ( ﺗـَﻨـْﺘَ ِﻬﻲ ّ َ َ َْ َ‬
‫ﺻﻼَة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬ ِﺮ َﲨَ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔً‬

‫َﺟﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ِ‬

‫‪َ -١‬ﻣ َﱴ ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَْﻴ ِﻘﻆ اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب ؟‬
‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ اﻟﻄُﻼﱠب ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َﺻﻼَِة اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫‪ -٣‬أَﻳْ َﻦ ﻳَ ْﺴ َِﱰْﳛُ ْﻮن ؟‬
‫ﺼَﺮ ِﰲ َﻣ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱡ ْﻮن َ‬
‫اﻟﻌ ْ‬ ‫‪َ -٤‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﻳُ َ‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﻳُ َﺬاﻛُِﺮْون ُد ُرْوﺳﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮ ﻢ ؟‬
‫ﻀﻲ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺎت أ َْوﻗَﺎﺗـَُﻬ ّﻦ ؟‬ ‫‪ -٦‬أَﻳﻦ ﺗـ ْﻘ ِ‬
‫َْ َ‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱠﻤﺎﺋِﺮ َﻣ َﻊ ﺗـَﻐْﻴِ ْﲑ َﻣﺎ ﻳـُْﻠ ِﺰم !‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ (١‬ﻛ ّﻤﻞ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻀ َ‬
‫َﺣﻴَﺎ ً‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫أَ َ أُ َذاﻛِﺮ ﺑـﻌﺾ درو ِﺳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ أ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ُﺷﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘّْﻠﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ ذﻟﻚ أ ْ‬‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ ُ ُ ْ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬

 ‫أَﻧْ َ‬
‫ﺖ __________ ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ________________‬
‫أَﻧْ ِ‬
‫ﺖ __________ ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ ________________‬
‫أَﻧـْﺘُ ْﻢ __________ ‪،‬ﰒُﱠ ________________‬
‫ُﻫ ْﻢ __________ ‪،‬ﰒُﱠ ________________‬
‫ُﻫ ﱠﻦ __________ ‪،‬ﰒُﱠ ________________‬

‫َﺟﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴﺔ ِﲟَﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺐ َﺣﺎﻟَﻚ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أ ِ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺖ؟‬ ‫َﻣ ْﻦ أَﻧْ َ‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ ؟‬ ‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺴﺘـَْﻴﻘﻆ َ‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫ﺼْﺒﺢ ؟‬ ‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ﱡ‬‫أَﻳْ َﻦ ﺗُ َ‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫ﺻﻼَِة اﻟ ﱡ‬
‫ﺼْﺒ ِﺢ ؟‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ ِﰲ ﺑـَْﻴﺘﻚ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫اﺳﺔ ﰲ اﻟـﻤ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﱴ ﺗـﻨـﺘ ِﻬﻲ ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪر َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َْ‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟﻈُ ْﻬ ِﺮ ؟‬‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ ِﰲ ﺑـَْﻴﺘِ َ‬ ‫‪-٦‬‬
‫‪َ -٧‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ ﻗـَْﺒ َﻞ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم ؟‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ‬ ٤
‫اﳌِ ْﻬﻨَﺔ‬
Bekerja merupakan suatu hal penting yang harus dilakukan oleh manusia. Dengan bekerja,
manusia dapat mencukupi kebutuhan hidupnya. Berbagai macam pekerjaan dapat kita
jumpai di sekeliling kita. Mulai dari pedagang, petani, insinyur, polisi, guru hingga dokter.
Kita akan mempelajari dalam pelajaran keempat ini tentang pekerjaan dalam Bahasa Arab.
Selamat belajar!.

‫اﻧْﻈُْﺮ إِ َﱃ أَﻧـَْﻮ ِاع اﳌِ ْﻬﻨَﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱡ‬

!‫ﺼ َﻮر اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Pedagang sedang menjual Petani sedang bercocok Guru sedang mengajar
barang dagangannya tanam

‫ﻀﺎﺋِﻊ‬ ِ
َ َ‫اﻟﺒَﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺗَﺒِْﻴ ُﻊ اﻟﺒ‬ ‫اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ﻳـَْﺰَرعُ اﻟﻨـﱠﺒَﺎ َ ت‬ ‫اﻟ ُـﻤ َﺪ ِّرس ﻳُ َﺪ ِّرس اﻟﺘﱠﻼَِﻣْﻴﺬ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Polisi sedang mengatur lalu Dokter sedang mengobati Insinyur sedang mengawasi
lintas orang sakit proyek

‫اﻟﺸ ْﱡﺮ ِﻃ ّﻲ ﻳـُﻨَ ِﻈّﻢ اﻟ ُـﻤ ُﺮْور‬ ِ ‫اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪس ﻳـَْﺒ ِﲏ اﻟ َـﻤﺒَ ِﺎﱐ‬
َ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻳـَُﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٣٨

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Petugas kebersihan sedang‬‬ ‫‪Koki sedang memasak‬‬ ‫‪Pemain menggiring bola‬‬
‫‪menyapu jalanan‬‬

‫ﱠﻮا ِرع‬
‫اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس ﻳَﻜْﻨُﺲ اﻟﺸ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒﱠﺎخ ﻳَﻄْﺒُﺦ اﻷَﻃْﻌِ َﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻼَ ِﻋﺐ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة‬

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات‬
‫–ﻻﻋﺐ ‪ -‬ﻃَﺒﱠﺎخ – َﻛﻨﱠﺎس‬ ‫–ﺷﺮ ِﻃﻲ ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫–ﻣ َﺪ ِّرس ‪ُ -‬ﻣ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪس – ﻃَﺒِْﻴﺐ ‪ -‬ﻓَﻼﱠ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫َ‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻬ‬
‫ْ‬
‫•‪‬اﻟ ِ‬
‫ـﻤ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ـﻤ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺞ‬ ‫•‪‬اﻟـﻤ َﺪ ِرس ﻳ َﺪ ِرس اﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ –اﻟـﻤﻬْﻨ ِﺪس ﻳـﺒ ِﲏ اﻟـﻤﺒ ِﺎﱐ ‪ -‬اﻟّﻄﱠﺒِﻴﺐ ﻳـﻌﺎﻟِ‬
‫ْ َُ ُ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ُ ّ ُّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻀﺎﺋﻊ ‪ -‬اﻟﺸ ْﱡﺮﻃ ّﻲ ﻳـُﻨَﻈّﻢ اﻟ ُـﻤُﺮْور‬ ‫•‪‬اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ﻳـَْﺰَرعُ اﻟﻨـﱠﺒَﺎ َ ت ‪ -‬اﻟﺒَﺎﺋﻊ ﻳَﺒِْﻴﻊ اﻟﺒَ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫•‪‬اﻟﻼﱠﻋﺐ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ‪ -‬اﻟﻄﺒﱠﺎخ ﻳَﻄْﺒُﺦ اﻷَﻃْﻌ َﻤﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس ﻳَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ اﻟﺸ َ‬
‫ﱠﻮا ِرع‬
‫ﺐ أَن أَﻗْـﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘﺮآن ‪-‬أُِرﻳْﺪ أَن أَﻗْـﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘﺮآن َِ‬
‫–ﳚﺐ أَن أَﻗْ َـﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫•‪‬أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ِ : (١‬‬
‫ﺻ ِﻞ اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة اﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻮرة اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ!‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Petani sedang bercocok tanam‬‬
‫اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬ ْﻨ ِﺪس ﻳـَْﺒ ِﲏ اﻟ َـﻤﺒَ ِﺎﱐ‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 Ilustrasi
Insinyur sedang mengawasi proyek
َ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻳـَُﻌﺎﻟِ ُﺞ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬

Ilustrasi
Pedagang sedang menjual barang dagangannya
‫اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ﻳـَْﺰَرع اﻟﻨـﱠﺒَﺎ َ ت‬

Ilustrasi
Dokter sedang mengobati orang sakit
‫ﻀﺎﺋِﻊ‬
َ َ‫اﻟﺒَﺎﺋِﻊ ﻳَﺒِْﻴﻊ اﻟﺒ‬

Ilustrasi
Koki sedang memasak
‫ﺸ ْﺮ ِﻃ ّﻲ ﻳـُﻨَ ِﻈّﻢ اﻟ ُـﻤ ُﺮْور‬
‫اﻟ ﱡ‬

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٤٠

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Polisi sedang mengatur lalu lintas‬‬
‫اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ﻳـَﻠ َْﻌﺐ ﻟ ُﻜ َﺮة‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Petugas kebersihan sedang menyapu jalan‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒﱠﺎخ ﻳَﻄْﺒُﺦ اﻷَﻃ ِْﻌ َﻤﺔ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Pemain bola‬‬
‫اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس ﻳَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫ﺸ َﻮارِع‬

‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬ا ْﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔ َﺮاغ ِ ﻟ َﻜﻠ َﻤﺔ اﳌُﻨَﺎﺳﺒَﺔ ﳑﱠﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْ ِ‬
‫ﲔ!‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ) ﻳـَْﺰَرع –ﻳَﺒِْﻴﻊ–ﻳَﻄْﺒُﺦ( اﻟﻨﱠـﺒَﺎ َ ت َواﻟ َـﻤ َﻮاد اﻟﻐِ َﺬاﺋِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس ) ﻳَ ْﻜﻨُﺲ –ﻳـُﻨَ ِﻈّﻢ–ﻳَﺒِْﻴ ُﻊ ( َ‬
‫اﻟﺸ َﻮا ِرع‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻻَ ) أ ُِﺣﺐ –أُِرﻳﺪ–أ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻄْﻴﻊ ( أَ ْن أَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﺟﻴِّ ًﺪا‬ ‫ّ ْ ْ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺐ )اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ – اﻟﺒَﺎﺋِﻊ – اﻟﻄﱠﺒﱠﺎخ( ُﻛَﺮَة اﻟ َﻘَِﺪم‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﱠِ‬
‫‪ ) -٥‬اﻟﻄﺒْﻴﺐ –اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨﺪس–اﻟﺸ ْﱡﺮﻃ ّﻲ ( ﻳـَْﺒ ِﲏ اﻟ َـﻤ َﺪارس َواﻟﺸ َ‬
‫ﱠﻮا ِرع‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪) -٦‬اﻟﻄﱠﺒﱠﺎخ–اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس–اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ( ﻳـَُﻌﺎﻟ ُﺞ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮ َ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬

‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﳉﻮاب ال ﱠ ِ ِ‬

‫ﲔ!‬ ‫ﺻﺤ ْﻴﺢ ﳑﱠﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪس ؟‬
‫ﺺ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺮﻳﺾ – ﻳَ ْـﺰَرع اﻟﻨـﱠﺒَﺎ َ ت – ﻳَْـﺒ ِﲏ اﻟ َـﻤﺒَ ِﺎﱐ (‬ ‫) ﻳَـ ْﻔ َﺤ ُ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ اﻟﺸ ْﱡﺮ ِﻃ ّﻲ ؟‬
‫ﱠﻮا ِرع (‬ ‫ﺸ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﻨ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻜ‬‫ْ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫–‬ ‫ﻊ‬ ‫)ﻳـﻨَ ِﻈّﻢ اﻟـﻤﺮور – ﻳﺒِﻴﻊ اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ُْ َ ْ ُ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُﻌِ ّﺪ اﻷَﻃْﻌِ َﻤﺔ ؟‬
‫)اﻟﺒَﺎﺋِﻊ – اﻟﻄﱠﺒﱠﺎخ – اﻟ ُﻜﻨﱠﺎس (‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠﻢ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬
‫)اﻟ ُـﻤ َﺪ ِّر ُﺳ ْﻮن – اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب – اﳌـَُﻮﻇﱠُﻔ ْﻮن(‬
‫ﺺ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺮﻳْﺾ ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٥‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳـَْﻔ َﺤ ُ‬
‫)اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ – اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪس– اﻟ ُـﻤ َﺪ ِّرس(‬

‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ِ : (١‬ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗُ ِﺮﻳْﺪ‪/‬أَﻗـَْﺮأ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫‪َ : +‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗُِﺮﻳْﺪ؟ ‪ : -‬أُِرﻳْﺪ أَ ْن أَﻗـَْﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬‫‪ -١‬ﺗُِﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬أَﻗـﺮأ ِ‬
‫ْ َْ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬

 ‫‪ -٢‬ﺗُِﺮﻳْﺪ‪/‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗُِﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗُِﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬أ ِ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬ ‫َﺳﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﻵﻳَﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺗُِﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬أَ ْﻛﺘﺐ ِ‬
‫ْ ُ‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗُِﺮﻳْﺪ‪/‬أَﻃْﺒُﺦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم‬

‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳِْﻘﻚ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ْ ِ‬

‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊ َﻮار َﻣ َﻊ َ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل رﻗﻢ )‪ : (١‬اﳌ ـ ْﻜﺘـﺒﺔ‪/‬أ ِ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻌ ْﲑ ﻛﺘَﺎ ً‬
‫َ ََ ْ‬
‫ﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌ ـَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟ ‪: -‬ﻧـََﻌ ْﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗـََﻌﺎل ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻣ ًﻌﺎ‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗُ ِﺮﻳْﺪ أَ ْن ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫ َ‬
‫‪ : +‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺗُ ِﺮﻳﺪ؟‪ : -‬أُ ِرﻳﺪ أَ ْن أ ِ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻌ ْﻴ َـﺮ ﻛﺘَﺎ ً‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫)‪ (١‬اﳌ ْﻜﺘـﺒﺔ‪/‬أ ِ ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻌ ْﲑ ﻛﺘَﺎ ً‬
‫َ ََ ْ‬
‫ُﺻﻠِّﻲ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱠﻰ‪/‬أ َ‬‫)‪ (٢‬اﻟ ُـﻤ َ‬
‫ﺼﻒ‪/‬أَﺗـَﻨَ َﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬
‫)‪ (٣‬اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻘ َ‬
‫ﺐ‪/‬اﻟﻌﺐ ُﻛَﺮة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم‬
‫)‪ (٤‬اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌ َ‬

‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع ‪ +‬أَ ْن ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫‪Saya senang membaca Al-Qur’an‬‬ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن أَﻗْ َـﺮأَاﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬‫أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻳـَْﻘ َﺮأَ اﻟﻘﺮآن‬ ‫ﺪﳛ ﱡ‬‫َﲪ ُِ‬

‫‪Ahmad senang membaca Al-Qur’an‬‬
‫أ َْ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫َﲪَﺪ أَ ْن ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘﺮآن‬
‫ﺐأُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪Ahmad senang membaca Al-Qur’an‬‬
‫ُﳛ ّ‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺐ إِﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫‪Dia ingin pergi ke perpustakaan‬‬
‫ﻫ َﻲ ﺗُ ِﺮﻳْ ُﺪ أَ ْن ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫ َ‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺖﺗَﺴ َ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﲔ أَ ْن ﺗـَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠﻤ ْﻲ ِ ﻟﻠّﻐَ َ‬
‫ﺔاﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴّﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻃ ْﻴﻌ ْ َ‬ ‫أَﻧْ ْ‬
‫‪Engkau (pr) dapat berbicara dalam‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪bahasa Arab‬‬

‫!‪Perhatikan susunan kalimat-kalimat di bawah ini‬‬

‫أَﻗـَْﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬

‫أَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ِ َﻟﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫أَ ْن‬ ‫أُِرﻳْ ُﺪ‬
‫*‪1‬‬ ‫أَﺳﺘَ ِﻌﻴـﺮ ﻫ َﺬا ِ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘَﺎب‬ ‫ْ َْ‬ ‫َﺳﺘَ ِﻄْﻴ ُﻊ‬‫أْ‬

‫‪Perhatikanpersesuaian‬‬ ‫! ‪ dengan pelakunya‬ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬

‫)ﳓﻦ( ﻧُِﺮﻳْ ُﺪ أَ ْن ﻧُ َﺬاﻛَِﺮ اﻟﺪروس‬ ‫ﱡرْوس‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)أ ( أُرﻳْ ُﺪ أَ ْن أُ َذاﻛَﺮ اﻟﺪ ُ‬
‫اﻟﺪروس‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫)ﻫﻰ( ﺗُِﺮﻳ ُﺪ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِ‬ ‫اﻟﺪروس‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫)ﻫﻮ( ﻳ ِﺮﻳ ُﺪ أَ ْن ﻳ َﺬاﻛِ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫)أﻧﺖ( ﺗُ ِﺮﻳْ ِﺪﻳْ َﻦ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﺬاﻛِ ِﺮ ْي اﻟ ﱡﺪ ُرْوس‬ ‫)أﻧﺖ( ﺗُِﺮﻳْ ُﺪ أَ ْن ﺗُ َﺬاﻛَﺮ اﻟﺪ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﱡرْوس‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪Kata‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫ﳚَ ُ‬ ‫‪dan kata‬‬ ‫ﻳـ ‪ُْ tetap diawali‬ﻣ ِﻜ ُﻦ‬ ‫!‪siapapun pelakunya. Perhatikan contoh ini‬‬

‫أَﻗـَْﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫ﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻠِّ َﻲ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬَﺮ‪ ،‬أﲪﺪ‬ ‫َﳚ ُ‬
‫ﺗُ َ‬
‫أَ ْن‬
‫ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫِ ْﱯ إﱃ اﻟـﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬
‫ﳝُْ ِﻜ ُﻦ‬
‫ﻧَ ْﺪﻋُ َﻮ ﷲ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺐ أن أَﻗـﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘﺮآن )ﻫﻮ ‪ِ ( ....‬‬
‫)ﻫ َﻲ ‪( ....‬‬ ‫ﱡ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ - (١‬ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬أ ِ‬
‫ُﺣ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﺗـَْﻘ َﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻳـَْﻘ َﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ‪ِ +‬ﻫ َﻲ ُِﲢ ﱡ‬
‫= ُﻫ َﻮ ُِﳛ ﱡ‬
‫ﺖ ‪ِ ) ( ....‬ﻫ َﻲ ‪(....‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺳﺘَﻌﻴـَْﺮ ﻫ َﺬا اﻟﻜﺘَﺎب ) ُﻫ َﻮ ‪ ) ( ....‬أَﻧْ َ‬
‫‪-١‬أُِرﻳﺪ أَ ْن أ ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِِ ِ‬ ‫‪-٢‬أ ِ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ ‪(....‬‬ ‫َﺳﺘَﻄْﻴﻊ أَ ْن أَﻓـَْﻬ َﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﻌﺒَ َﺎرة ) أَﻧْ َ‬
‫ﺖ ‪َْ ) ( ....‬ﳓ ُﻦ ‪ )( ....‬أ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻳ ِ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أ ْ ِ‬
‫ﺼﻠّ َﻲ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ )أَ َ ‪) ( ....‬ﻟَﻴـْﻠَﻰ ‪َْ ) (....‬ﳓ ُﻦ ‪( ....‬‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ ُﳛ ﱡ ُ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪-(٢‬ﻣﺜﺎل ‪َ :‬ﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗُِﺮﻳْ ِﺪﻳْﻦ‪ /‬ﺗـَْﻘَﺮﺋِْﲔ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬

‫= َ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗُِﺮﻳْ ِﺪﻳْ َﻦ أَ ْن ﺗـَْﻘَﺮﺋِﻲ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ؟‬
‫ﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ إِ‬‫َ‬ ‫‪-١‬ﻟَﻴـْﻠَﻰ ‪ /‬ﺗُِﺮﻳْ ِﺪﻳْﻦ ‪ /‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟﺘـﱠْﻔ ِﺴ ْﲑ َواﳊَ ِﺪﻳْﺚ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﲔ ‪ /‬ﺗـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠﻤ ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﺧﻠﻴـْﻠَﺔ ‪ُ /‬ﲢﺒِّ ْ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﲔ ‪ /‬ﺗـَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠﻤ ْﲔ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬ ‫‪-٣‬آﻣﻨَﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻄْﻴﻌ ْ َ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬ﺗـَْﺮﺟﻢ َﻣﺎ ﻳَﻠﻲ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ !‬

‫‪1. Ahmad senang berbicaradengan bahasa Arab.‬‬

‫‪2. Saya ingin pergi ke perpustakaan sekarang.‬‬
‫‪3. Engkau dapat membaca majalah di perpustakaan.‬‬
‫?‪4. Apakah Anda ingin pulang ke rumah sekarang‬‬
‫?‪5. Apakah Anda dapat berbicaradenganbahasa Arab‬‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﺎب اﳌِ ْﻬﻨَﺔ‬
‫َﺻ َﺤ ُ‬
‫أْ‬
‫)أ(‬

‫ﺎب اﻟ ِـﻤ ْﻬﻨَﺔ‪.‬‬

‫َﺻﺤ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫أَ َ أ ْ ِ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن أَﻗْ َـﺮأَ ﻛﺘَﺎ ً َﻋ ْﻦ أ ْ َ‬‫َﲪَﺪ أَﻣ ْﲔ ‪ ،‬أَ َ اﻵن ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‪ .‬أَ َ أُﺣ ّ‬
‫َوُﻫ ْﻢ اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح َواﻟﺒَﺎﺋِﻊ َواﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪس واﻟﺸ ْﱡﺮ ِﻃﻲ َواﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َو َﻏّْﻴ ُـﺮُﻫ ْﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻵﺧﺮ‪ َ :‬ﺋِﻊ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻫ َﺬا ﻓَﻼﱠح‪ ،‬اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ﻳـَْﺰَرع اﻟﻨـﱠﺒَﺎ َ ت َوﻳـَُﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ اﻟ َـﻤ َﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐ َﺬاﺋﻴﱠﺔ ِِﻧْـﺘَﺎﺟ َﻬﺎ‪َ .‬و َ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ﺑِﺒَ ْـﻴﻌِ َﻬﺎ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱡﺴ ْﻮق‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻳـَُﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ اﻟ َـﻤ َﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐ َﺬاﺋﻴﱠﺔ أَﻳْ َ‬
‫)ب(‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫َو َ ﻟﺜـُُﻬ ْﻢ ‪ُ :‬ﻣ َﻬ ْﻨﺪس‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَْﺒ ِ ْﲏ اﻟ َـﻤﺒَﺎﱐ َواﻟﺸ َ‬
‫ﱠﻮا ِرع‬
‫ﻀﺎﺋِﻊ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻨَﻊ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرات ﻟﻨـَْﻘ ِﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ اﻟﺒَ َ‬
‫َوﻳَ ْ‬
‫ﻆ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْﻣ ِﻦ‬ ‫َواﻟﱠﺮاﺑِﻊ ‪ُ :‬ﺷ ْﺮ ِﻃ ّﻲ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮﻳـُﻨَ ِﻈّﻢ اﻟ ُـﻤُﺮْور َوُﳛَﺎﻓِ ُ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻓِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼ ﱠﺤﺔ َو َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺿﻰ َوﻳـَُﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َواﳋَﺎﻣﺲ ‪ :‬ﻃَﺒِْﻴﺐ‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَُﻌﺎﻟﺞ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎ ﱠﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺤ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫وﺳ ِﺎدﺳﻬﻢ ‪َ :‬ﻛﻨﱠﺎس‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳـﻌﻤﻞ وﻳـﻮﻓِّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ اﻟﻨﱠﻈَﺎﻓَﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ َ َْ َ َ َُ‬ ‫َ َ ُُْ‬
‫َواﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺑِﻊ ‪ُ :‬ﻣ َﺪ ِّرس‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳُ َﺪ ِّرس اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب َواﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺎت‬

‫)ج(‬

‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻳَ ُﻜ ْﻮ َن ﻃَﺒِﻴـْﺒًﺎ؟ أ َْو ُﻣ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪ ًﺳﺎ؟ أ َْو َ ﺋِ ًﻌﺎ؟ أ َْو ﻓَﻼﱠ ًﺣﺎ؟‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﻣ ْﻦ ُﳛ ّ‬
‫ﲔ ﻟِ ِﺪﻳْﻨِﻨَﺎ َوﺑِﻼَ ِد َ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن ﻧَ ُﻜ ْﻮ َن َ ﻓﻌ ْ َ‬ ‫ﲨﻴـًْﻌﺎ ُِﳓ ﱡ‬
‫َْﳓﻦ َِ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬ﻗُﻞ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺻﺤ ْﻴﺢ )ص( أ َْو َﺧﻄَﺄ )خ( ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫‪ ) -١‬ص –خ ( اﻟ َﻔﻼﱠح ﻳـَْﺰَرع اﻟ َـﻤ َﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐِ َﺬاﺋِﻴﱠﺔ ِﰲ ﻗـَْﺮﻳَﺘِﻪ‬
‫‪ ) -٢‬ص –خ ( اﻟﺒَﺎﺋِﻊ ﻳَﺒِْﻴﻊ اﻟ َـﻤ َﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐِ َﺬاﺋِﻴﱠﺔ ﻟِْﻠ َﻔﻼﱠ ِﺣ ْﲔ‬
‫ﻀﺎﺋِ َﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ ِ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ ) -٣‬ص –خ ( اﻟ ُـﻤ َﻬْﻨﺪس ﻳـَﻨـُْﻘ ُﻞ اﻟﺒَ َ‬
‫اﻟﺸ ْﺮ ِﻃ ّﻲ ﻳـَُﻮﻓِّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ اﻷ َْﻣﻦ َواﻟ ﱠﺴﻼََﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ ) -٤‬ص –خ ( ُ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﻓِﻴَﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ ) -٥‬ص –خ ( اﻟﻄَﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻳـَُﻮﻓُّﺮ ﻟَﻨَﺎ اﻟﺼ ﱠﺤﺔ َو َ‬

‫َﺟﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ِ‬

‫َﲪَﺪ أ َِﻣ ْﲔ ؟‬
‫‪ -١‬أَﻳْ َﻦ أ ْ‬
‫ﺎب اﻟ ِـﻤ ْﻬﻨَﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ؟‬
‫َﺻﺤ ِ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﻞ أ ْ ِ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ أَﻣ ْﲔ َﻣ َﻊ أ ْ َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻣﺎذا ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ اﻟ َﻜﻨﱠﺎس ؟‬
‫ﱠﻮا ِرع؟‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ ﰲ اﻟﺸ َ‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ َﺪا ِرس ؟‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﱠﻤﺎﺋِﺮ َﻣ َﻊ ﺗـَﻐْﻴِ ِْﲑ َﻣﺎ ﻳـُْﻠ ِﺰم!‬
‫ﺐ اﻟﻀ َ‬
‫ﺴَ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ : (١‬ﻛ ّﻤﻞ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ َﺣ َ‬
‫َﺳ َِﱰﻳْﺢ ﻗَﻠِْﻴﻼً ِﰲ ﺑـَْﻴ ِﱵ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن أ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫أَ َ أُﺣ ّ‬
‫ﺖ _____ _____________ _____‬ ‫أَﻧْ َ‬
‫ُﻫ َﻮ _____ _____________ _____‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ِﻫ َﻲ _____ _____________ _____‬
‫َْﳓ ُﻦ _____ _____________ _____‬

‫ﺿ َﻤﺎﺋِ ِﺮ اﳉَ ْﻤﻊ !‬

‫ﺐ َ‬
‫ﺴَ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ : (٢‬ﻛ ّﻤﻼﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ َﺣ َ‬
‫اﻷ َْوﻻَد ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻄﻴـْﻌُ ْﻮن أَ ْن ﻳـَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻤﻮا ِ َﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫)ﻫ ْﻢ ‪ ) ( ....‬أَﻧـْﺘُﻢ ‪ ) ( ....‬اﻟﻄﱡﻼﱠب ‪(....‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ َﺣﺎﻟَﻚ!‬‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ :(٣‬أَﺟﺐ إِ َﺟﺎﺑَﺔ َﻛﺎﻣﻠَﺔ ﲟَﺎ ﻳـُﻨَﺎﺳ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻫﻞ ُِﲢﺐ أَ ْن ﺗُ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ؟‬‫ﺼﻠّ َﻲ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴﺠﺪ َﲨَ َ‬‫َ‬ ‫َْ ّ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﻞ َِﳚﺐ ﻋﻠَﻰ ُﻛ ِﻞ ﻃَﺎﻟِﺐ أَ ْن ﻳـﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠﻢ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ د ِ‬
‫اﺧ َﻞ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ؟‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﳝُْﻜﻦ أَ ْن ﻧـَْﻘَﺮأَ ِﰲ َﻣ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ َﻣ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺘﻨَﺎ ﻳـَْﻮَم اﻷ َ‬
‫َﺣﺪ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗُِﺮﻳْﺪ أَ ْن ﺗَ ُﻜ ْﻮ َن ُﻣ َﻬْﻨ ِﺪ ًﺳﺎ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻄْﻴﻊ أَ ْن ﺗـَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹ ِْﳒﻠِْﻴ ِﺰﻳﱠﺔ َﺟﻴِّ ًﺪا ؟‬

‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺺ اﻵﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫اﻗﺮأ‬
‫( ‪Huruf terakhirdari‬‬ ‫;‪ ) harus dibaca fathah‬أن ( ‪ ) pelaku mufrad yang berada setelah‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬
‫( ‪Huruf terakhir‬‬ ‫) ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ ‫( ‪pelaku jamak laki-laki yang berada setelah‬‬ ‫‪ ), dihilangkan‬أن‬
‫ن‬
‫‪( ) akhir dan diganti huruf alif ( ).‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪Jangan lupa, akhir kata yang menjadi‬‬ ‫‪ dibaca fathah, akhir kata yang berada setelah‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬
‫!‪ ) dars yang lalu‬دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ( ‪adawat jar dan sebagainya, dibaca sebagaimana pada‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬

 ‫)أ(‬

‫ّ‬ ‫أﺣﺐ أن أﻗﺮأ ﻛﺘﺎ ﻋﻦ أﺻﺤﺎب اﳌﻬﻨﺔ‪.‬وﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻼّح واﻟﺒﺎﺋﻊ واﳌﻬﻨﺪس و‬

‫اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻲ واﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫وﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬
‫وﳛﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا ﻓﻼّح‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﺰرع اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت ّ‬
‫وﳛﺐ أن ﻳﺒﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻮق‪.‬‬ ‫اﻵﺧﺮ ‪ :‬ﺋﻊ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫و َ‬
‫ﻟﺜﻬﻢ ‪ :‬ﻣﻬﻨﺪس‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﺒﲏ اﻟﺸﻮارع واﳉﺴﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻨَﻊ اﻟﺴﻴّﺎرات ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ أن ﻳَ ْ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻨﻈّﻢ اﳌﺮور‪ ،‬وﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ اﻷﻣﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫واﻟﺮاﺑﻊ ‪:‬‬
‫وﺧﺎﻣﺴﻬﻢ ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻌﺎﰿ اﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬وﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻃﺒﻴﺒﺎ أو ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎ أو ﺟﺮا ﻏﻨﻴّﺎ أو ﻓﻼّﺣﺎ ﺟﺤﺎ‪ .‬واﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﳛﺒّﻮن‬
‫وﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﻼّب ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫أن ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮا ﻓﻌﲔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻬﻢ وﺑﻼدﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫)ب(‬
‫اﻟﻔﻼّﺣﻮن ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﺰرﻋُﻮا اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت وﳛﺒّﻮن أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا ﻟﻨﺎ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻮن ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ ‪ ،‬وﳛﺒّﻮن أن ﻳﺒﻴﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻮق‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻨَﻌﻮا اﻟﺴﻴّﺎرات ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫اﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮن ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﺒﻨُﻮا اﻟﺸﻮارع واﳉﺴﻮر‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮن أن ﻳَ ْ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻀﺎﺋﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫واﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴّﻮن ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻨﻈّﻤﻮا اﳌﺮور‪ ،‬وﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا اﻷﻣﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬‬
‫واﻷﻃﺒّﺎء ﳝﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻮا اﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬وﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﺪرس اﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬ ٥
ِ ‫اﻟﻼ ِﻋﺒـﻮ َن اﻟ ِﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻴـﱡْﻮ َن‬ ‫ﱠ‬
َ ّ ُْ
Olahraga merupakan kegiatan yang sangat bermanfaat bagi kesehatan tubuh. Salah satu
cabang olahraga ialah sepakbola yang menjadi olahraga paling favorit di dunia. Pemain
sepakbola dalam bermain melakukan berbagai aksi. Mulai dari berlari, menggiring bola,
mengumpan bola, sampai mencetak gol. Pelajaran ini akan membahas tentang aksi pemain
sepakbola. Selamat belajar!.

! ‫اﻧﻈﺮ واﻗﺮأ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi
Pemain bola sedang mencetak gol Foto tim bola brazil

!‫ َﻫ َﺬا اﳌـُﻨـْﺘَ َﺨﺐ اﻟﺒـََﺮا ِزﻳْﻠِﻲ اﳌـَ ْﺸ ُﻬ ْﻮر‬،‫اﻧْﻈُﺮ‬

!(١١) ‫ ( أ َْو ﻻَ ِﻋﺐ َرﻗﻢ‬٠١) ‫ ﻻَ ِﻋﺐ َرﻗﻢ‬:‫ أَﻳـﱡُﻬ َﻤﺎ َﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻼ ﳍََﺪف‬،‫اﻧْﻈُْﺮ‬
!‫ﺼ َﻮر اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ‬
‫اﻧْﻈُْﺮ َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ َواﳊَ َﻜﻢ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱡ‬

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٥٠

 Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi
Pemain bola sedang Pemain bola sedang Pemain bola sedang berlari
menendang bola menggiring bola

‫ب اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑِ ُﻘ ﱠﻮة‬
ُ ‫ﻀ ِﺮ‬
ْ َ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة‬ ‫َْﳚ ِﺮ ْي ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Wasit sedang meniup pluit Pemain bola terjatuh Pemain bola mencetak gol

‫ﺼ ِّﻔﺮ‬
َ ُ‫اﳊَ َﻜﻢ ﻳ‬ ‫َوﻗَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْرض‬ ‫َﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ اﳍََﺪف‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Gawang Pemain mengumpan bola Sepak bola

‫اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮَﻣﻰ‬ ‫ُﳝَِّﺮُر اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة‬ ‫ُﻛَﺮة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم‬

٥١ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬
‫ﲔ–‬ ‫ﱠﺎدي – ﺑـﲔ اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎدﻳـَْ ِ‬ ‫•‪‬ﻣﺒﺎراة – ﻣﺒﺎراة ُﻛﺮِة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم – ﻻَ ِﻋﺐ – ﻓَ ِﺮﻳﻖ – اﳌـﻨـﺘﺨﺐ – اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫َْ َ‬ ‫ََُ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َُ َ َُ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﳌ ْﺮَﻣﻰ – اﳍََﺪف – َﺷ ْﻮط – اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط اﻷ ﱠَول – اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﱐ – ﻧَﺘْﻴ َﺠﺔ اﳌـُـﺒَ َﺎراة – اﻟﻨﱠﺘْﻴ َﺠﺔ‬
‫وَ ِ‬
‫اﺣﺪ × اﺛـْﻨـَْﲔ‬ ‫َ‬
‫•‪‬اِﻧـْﺘـََﻬﻰ اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط اﻷ ﱠَول – ﺑَ َﺪأَ اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﱐ‬
‫ب اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑِ ُﻘ ﱠﻮة –‬ ‫•‪‬اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ َْﳚ ِﺮ ْي َﺳ ِﺮﻳـًْﻌﺎ – ُﳝَّﺮُر اﻟ ُﻜﺮة – ﻳـَْﻘ َِﱰب ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌـَْـﺮَﻣﻰ – ﻳَ ْ‬
‫ﻀ ِﺮ ُ‬
‫ض‬‫ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة – ﻳُ َﺴ ِّﺪ ُد اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ِﰲ اﳌ ْﺮَﻣﻰ – َﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻼ ﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ اﳍََﺪف – َوﻗَ َﻊ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْر ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِّﻔﺮ‬
‫– اﳊَ َﻜﻢ ﻳُ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬

‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ِ ﻟ َﻜﻠِﻤﺔ اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪ -١‬اُﻧْﻈُْﺮ‪ ... ،‬اﻟﻼَ ِﻋﺐ َﺳ ِﺮﻳـًْﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺼ ِّﻔ ِﺮ (‬
‫ﻀ ِﺮب – َْﳚ ِﺮي – ﻳُ َ‬ ‫) ﻳَ ْ‬
‫‪ ... -٢‬اﻟﻼَ ِﻋﺐ اﳍََﺪف !‬
‫ب(‬ ‫ِ‬
‫–ﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻞ– اﻗـْﺘـََﺮ َ‬ ‫)وﻗَ َﻊ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ ‪ُ ...‬ﻛَﺮِة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أ ُِﺣﺐ أَ ْن أُﺷ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر–ﻧﱠﺘِْﻴ َﺠﺔ (‬ ‫) ُﻣﺒَ َﺎراة –أ ْ‬
‫اﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﱠﺎﱐ‪ ،‬واﻟﻨﱠﺘِﻴﺠﺔ ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔ –و ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﻬ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻧ‬‫‪ -٤‬اِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َْ‬ ‫ْ ََ‬
‫ﱠﺎدي–اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط (‬ ‫) اﳍ َﺪف –اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺮ ِﺟﺪًّا‪ُ ،‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ‪ ... ،‬رﻗْﻢ ‪ ٩‬ﻣ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫–ﺣ َﻜﻢ –ﻻَ ِﻋﺐ(‬ ‫) ﺋﻊ َ‬
‫ِ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬

 ‫‪ -٦‬اُﻧْﻈُﺮ‪ ،‬اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﻗَ ِﺮﻳـْﺒَﺔ ِﻣﻦ ‪....‬‬
‫) اﳌـَْـﺮَﻣﻰ –اﳍََﺪف–اﻷ َْرض (‬

‫ﺼ ْﻮَرة!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ ُﲨْﻠَﺔ ﺗـﻨَ ِ‬

‫ﺎﺳﺐ اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪ -‬اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Pemain bola mencetak gol‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ﻳَ ْ‬
‫ﻀ ِﺮب اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑِ ُﻘ ﱠﻮة‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪َ -‬ﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ اﳍََﺪف‬

‫ِ‬
‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪ُ -‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻻَ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إ َﱃ أَ ِّ‬
‫ي َﻣ َﻜﺎن‬
‫‪Pemain bola berdiri dekat gawang‬‬ ‫‪ُ -‬ﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَْﻘ َِﱰب ِﻣ َﻦ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮَﻣﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻮ ﻳﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة‬ ‫َُ ُ َ‬

‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ ْ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰ ﻳـُْﻮن‬
‫ِﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘِْﻠ ِﻔﺰﻳـﻮن؟ ‪ : -‬ﻻَ‪ ،‬ﻟَﻦ أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ْ َ‬ ‫ّ ْ ُْ‬
‫= ‪ : +‬ﻫﻞ ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗـَْﺮِﺟﻊ اﻵن‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗـَْﺮَﻛﺐ اﻷُﺗُﻮ ﺑِْﻴﺲ‬

‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِﰲ اﻟﻨﱠﺎدي َ‬
‫)ﺟﺎ َﻛ ْﺮَ (‬

‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬أ ْ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ : ١‬ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟﱠﺮادﻳُﻮ‪/‬أ َْﻋ ِﺮف اﻷ ْ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬
‫= ‪ : +‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻟﱠﺮ ِادﻳُﻮ ؟ ‪ : -‬ﻷَ ْﻋ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ف اﻷ ْ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬
‫ِﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ : ٢‬ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأُ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآ َن‪ /‬ﻳَﻄْ َﻤﺌِ ﱡﻦ ﻗـَْﻠِ ْﱯ‬
‫= ‪ : +‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذ اﺗَـ ْﻘَﺮأُ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآ َن ؟ ‪ -‬ﻟِﻴَﻄْ َﻤﺌِ ﱠﻦ ﻗـَْﻠِ ْﱯ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة‬‫‪ -١‬ﺗَ ْﺬﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟـﻤ ْﻠﻌﺐ‪/‬أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪َْ -٢‬ﲡﻠِﺲ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَﺎﺋِ َﺪة‪/‬أَﺗـَﻨَ َﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬
‫ُﺳ ِّﺠﻞ اﳍََﺪف‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َْ -٣‬ﲡ ِﺮي ﺑ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‪/‬أ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‪/‬أَﻓـَْﻬﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠﻢ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌﻠَﺔ ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼ ْﻮَرة !‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬أَﺟ ْ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬

‫‪Pemain bola sedang‬‬ ‫‪Pemain bola sedang‬‬ ‫‪Pemain bola sedang‬‬ ‫‪Pemain bola sedang‬‬
‫‪menendang bola‬‬ ‫‪membawa bola‬‬ ‫‪mencetak gol‬‬ ‫‪terjatuh‬‬

‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ؟‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ؟‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ؟‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ؟‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬

 ‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫)ﺃ(‬

‫أَ ْذ َﻫ َ ِ‬
‫ي َﻣ َﻜﺎن‬ ‫ﺐ إ َﱃ أَ ِّ‬
‫ي اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‬ ‫َْﳚ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻦ‬
‫ﺗـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎوَل َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر‬
‫)‪(tidak akan‬‬
‫َﲪَﺪ(‬ ‫ﺼﻞ ) َ أ ْ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺪ ُﺧ َﻞ اﻟ َﻔ ْ‬
‫ﺼﻞ ) َ َﻋﺎﺋِ َﺸﺔ(‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗَ ْﺪ ُﺧﻠ ْﻲ اﻟ َﻔ ْ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ِﻷُ َﺷ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة‬
‫َْﲡﻠِﺲ ُﻫﻨَﺎ ؟‬
‫ﻷَﺗـََﻌﻠﱠ َﻢ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا‬
‫ﲔ ُﻫﻨَﺎ ؟‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ِﻷَﻗـﺮأَ ِ‬ ‫َْﲡﻠﺴ ْ َ‬
‫ﺼﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻘ ﱠ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪Huruf terakhirdari‬‬ ‫‪ )bila dibaca lengkap, berilah harakat‬أَ ْن–ﻟَ ْﻦ–ﻟِـ ( ‪ setelah‬ﻓ ْﻌﻞ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ِرع‬
‫‪ Khusus‬ﻓـَْﺘ َﺤﺔ!‬ ‫ﻀﺎ ِرع‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫! ‪ nya‬ن ‪ , hilangkan‬أَﻧْ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ‪ dengan pelaku‬ﻓ ْﻌﻞ ُﻣ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬أ َْد ِﺧ ْﻞ )ﻟَ ْﻦ( َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳉُ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒَﺔ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺒﺔ اﻟـﻤﺒﺎراة = ﻟَﻦ ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫ْ َ‬ ‫َ َُ َ‬
‫ِﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪ -٤‬أ ِ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻳـَْﺒ َﺪأُ اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮط اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﺐ اﻵن‬ ‫َﺳﺘَﻄْﻴ ُﻊ أَ ْن أَ ْذ َﻫ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﱠﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ُﻞ اﻟ َﻜﺎﻓِﺮ اﳉَﻨﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺎك‬
‫ﺎﻟﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة ُﻫﻨَ َ‬ ‫ﻔ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺗَِ‬
‫ﻘ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪-٦‬ﺗـ ْﻘﺮأُ ﻋﺎﺋِﺸﺔ ِ‬
‫ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﳌـَ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻳـَﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ اﳊَ َﻜﻢ َﻣ َﻊ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ‬
‫ََ َ َ‬
‫ﻠﺠ َﻤﻞ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ!‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ ‪ :٢‬اِ ْﺧﺘـﺮ اﻷَدو ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ات اﳌُﻨَﺎﺳﺒَﺔ ﳑﱠﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ ﻟ ُ‬ ‫َْ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ -١‬أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺻﻼة ُ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮآن ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َ‬‫ﺐ ) أَ ْن – ﻟَﻦ – ﻟـ ( أَﻗـَْﺮأ ْ‬
‫‪ -٢‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ )أَ ْن – ﻟَ ْﻦ – ﻟِـ ( أُﺻﻠّ َﻲ اﻟﻈُﻬﺮ‬
‫أﻟﻌﺐ َﻣ َﺴﺎءَ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ُﻛَﺮَة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم َﻣ َﺴﺎءَ اﻟﻴَﻮم ؟ ﻻَ‪) ،‬أَ ْن – ﻟَ ْﻦ – ﻟـ( َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا َْﳚ ِﺮي اﻟﻼَ ِﻋﺐ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ ؟ )أَ ْن – ﻟَ ْﻦ – ﻟِـ( ﻳُ َﺴ ِّﺠﻞ اﳍََﺪف‬
‫‪) -٥‬ﻟِﻤﺎ َذا ‪ -‬ﻫﻞ – ﻣﱴ ( َﲡﻠِﺲ أَﻣﺎم اﻟﺘِْﻠ ِﻔﺰﻳـﻮن ؟ ﻷﺷ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ ُﻛَﺮة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َ ْ َ َ ّ ْ ُْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﱄ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎﻃﻤﺔ ؟ أَ ْﻛﺘﺐ ِ‬ ‫‪) -٦‬ﻫﻞ – ﻣﺎ َذا – ﻟِﻤﺎ َذا ( ﺗَ ْﻜﺘُﺒِﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ اﻟ َـﻤْﻨـﺰ ّ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺐ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔَ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﻴَﺔ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﻟِﻤﺜَﺎل‬ ‫َﺟ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ‪ :٣‬أ ِ‬
‫ﲔ ُﻫﻨَﺎ ‪ /‬أَﻧْـﺘَ ِﻈﺮ أُ ْﺧ ِﱵ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪َ :‬ﲡْﻠﺴ ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﲔ ُﻫﻨَﺎ ؟ ‪ : -‬ﻷَﻧـْﺘَ ِﻈ َﺮ أُ ْﺧ ِﱵ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫= ‪ : +‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا َﲡْﻠﺴ ْ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ‪ /‬أَﻓْ َـﻬ ُﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔَ َ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠﻤ ْ َ‬
‫ﺿ ْﻮء‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻮ ُ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗـَْﻘَﺮأ ﻫ َﺬا اﻟﻜﺘَﺎب ‪ /‬أ َْﻋﺮف أ َْر َﻛﺎ َن ُ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘُﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ‪ /‬أَﻗـَْﺮأ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫َﺻﻞ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﻟ ِـﻤﻴـَْﻌﺎد‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺗـﺮَﻛﺒِﲔ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠﺎرة ‪ /‬أ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ْ َ‬
‫ﺾ اﻟ َﻜﻠِ َﻤﺎت‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗـَْﻘ َِﱰب ﻣ َﻦ اﻟ ﱠﺴﺒـﱡْﻮَرة ‪ /‬أَ ْﻛﺘُﺐ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎراة ﻛﺮة اﻟﻘﺪم‬
‫)أ(‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫أُِرﻳْﺪ أَ ْن أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ َﻣ ْﻠ َﻌ ِ‬
‫ي)ﺟﺎ َﻛ ْﺮَ (‬
‫ﲔ اﻟﻨﱠﺎد َ‬ ‫ﺐ اﻟ َـﻤﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ‪،‬ﻷُ َﺷﺎﻫ َﺪ ُﻣﺒَ َﺎراة ُﻛَﺮِة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ َإﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ ﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫واﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳْﻘﻲ إﻟﻴَﺎس‪ .‬ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺎر(‪.‬وﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻣﻌﻲ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ي)ﻣ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﱠﺎد‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﱠ‬
‫ﻧَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ َﻣ ْﺸﻴًﺎ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗْ َﺪام ﻷَن اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ ﻗَﺮﻳْﺐ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‪َ ،‬وُﻫ َﻮ ﰲ َﺷﺎرع ُﺳ ْﻮدﻳـْْﺮَﻣﺎن َرﻗْﻢ‬
‫ﺼ َﻞ إِﻟَْﻴ ِﻪ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ٠٢‬ﻧَ ْﺬﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟـﻤ ْﻠﻌﺐ ﺑِﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻨَ ِ‬
‫َ َ ُْ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻜﺒِﻴـَْﺮﻳْ ِﻦ‪.‬ﺑَ َﺪأَ‬ ‫ﺎﻫﺪ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ُﲨﻬﻮرا َﻛﺒِﻴـﺮا ِﺟﺪًّا ﻷَ ﱠن اﻟـﻤﺒﺎراة ﺑـﲔ اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎدﻳـَْ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ َ َ َْ َ‬ ‫َْﳓ ُﻦ اﻵن ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ‪.‬ﻧُ َﺸ ْ ْ ُ ْ ً ًْ‬
‫(وُﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة َوَْﳚ ِﺮ ْي ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮ ُط اﻷ ﱠَول‪.‬ﻧُ َﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻻَﻋﺐ َرﻗْﻢ ‪٧‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻓَ ِﺮﻳْﻖ َ‬
‫)ﺟﺎ َﻛ ْﺮَ‬
‫ة‪،‬وﻳُ َﺴ ِّﺠﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺔ‪،‬وﻳُ َﺴ ّﺪداﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑ ُﻘ ﱠﻮ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﰒُﱠ ُﳝَِﺮر اﻟ ُﻜﺮة ﻟِﺰِﻣﻴﻠِ ِﻪ رﻗﻢ ‪ ٩‬اﻟﺬي ﻳـ ْﻘ ِﱰ ِ‬
‫ب ﻣ َﻦ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺮَﻣﻰ ﺑ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋ َ‬‫ََ ُ‬ ‫ّ َ َْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺼ ِّﻔ ُﺮ اﳊَ َﻜﻢ ﻻﻧْﺘ َﻬﺎء اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮط اﻷ ﱠَول‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﳍََﺪف‪َ ،‬وﻳُ َ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫وﺑَ َﺪأَ اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮط اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺎر(‬ ‫)ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬‫ﱠﺎﱐ‪.‬ﻧُ َﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻻَﻋﺐ َرﻗْﻢ ‪ ٠١‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﻓَ ِﺮﻳْﻖ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻚ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ ﻳـ ْﻘ ِﱰ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫َوُﻫ َﻮ ﻳـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻟ ُﻜَﺮة َوَْﳚ ِﺮ ْي َﺳ ِﺮﻳـًْﻌ‬
‫ب‬ ‫ﻀ ِﺮ ُ‬‫ﺔ‪،‬وﻳَ ْ‬‫ب ﻣ َﻦ اﻟ َِـﻤ ْﺮَﻣﻰ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋ َ‬ ‫ََ ُ‬ ‫ﺎ‪.‬وﻧُ َﺸﺎﻫﺪ َذﻟ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺼ ِّﻔُﺮ َﺣ َﻜ ُﻤﺎ ﳌـُﺒَ َﺎراة ﻻﻧْﺘِ َﻬﺎء اﳌـُـﺒَ َﺎر ِاة ﺑِﻨَﺘِْﻴ َﺠ ِﺔ‬ ‫ِ ِ ٍ‬
‫ف‪.‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َدﻗَﺎﺋ َﻖ ﻗَﻠﻴـْﻠَﺔ ﻳُ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ﺑ ُﻘ ﱠﻮة‪َ ،‬وﻳُ َﺴ ّﺠﻞ اﳍََﺪ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎد ِل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘـﱠَﻌ ُ‬
‫)د(‬
‫اِﻧـﺘـﻬﻰ اﻟﺸﱠﻮط اﻷ ﱠَول‪ ،‬وﻗَ ْﺪ ﺳ ﱠﺠﻞ اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎدي )ﺟﺎ َﻛﺮَ ( و ِ‬
‫اﺣ ًﺪا‬ ‫ْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ََ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺎر( َواِ ًﺣﺪا‬
‫)ﻣﺎ َﻛ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪.‬وﻗَ ْﺪ َﺳ ﱠﺠ َﻞ اﻟﻨﱠﺎدي َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﰒُﱠ اﻧْـﺘـََﻬﻰ اﻟﺸ ْﱠﻮط اﻟﺜﱠﺎﱐ َ‬
‫اﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺣﺪ –و ِ‬ ‫َﺧﻴـﺮة ‪ :‬و ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻓَﺎﻟﻨﱠﺘْﻴ َﺠﺔ اﻷ ْ َ َ‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِ ْﺧﺘَـﺮا ﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴﺢ )ص( أ َْو اﳋَﻄَﺄ)خ( ِوﻓْـ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪ -١‬ص خ ‪َ -‬ﳚﻠِﺲ إﻟﻴﺎس أَﻣﺎم اﻟﺘِْﻠ ِﻔﺰﻳـﻮن ﻟِﻴﺸ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة‬ ‫َ َ َ ّ ْ ُْ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ص خ ‪ -‬إﻟﻴَﺎس ﻳَ ْﺴ ُﻜﻦ ِﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ص خ ‪ -‬ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إﻟﻴَﺎس إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ ِ ﻷُﺗـُْﻮﺑِْﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ص خ ‪ -‬اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ َرﻗْﻢ ‪ ٧‬ﻻَ ﻳُ َﺴ ِّﺠﻼ ﳍََﺪف‬
‫‪ -٥‬ص ح ‪ -‬ﻻَ َْﳚ ِﺮي اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ َرﻗْﻢ ‪َ ٩‬ﺳ ِﺮﻳـًْﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﲔ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ص خ ‪ -‬اِﻧـﺘـﻬﻰ اﻟﺸﱠﻮط اﻷ ﱠَول وﺗـﻌﺎد َل اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎدﻳـَْ ِ‬ ‫َ ََ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ََ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬اِﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔﺮاغ ﺑِ َﻜﻠِﻤﺔ ﻣﻨَ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ!‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َﻣﻠ َْﻌﺐ ‪ -‬اﳌَْﻮ ِﻋﺪ ‪َ -‬ﻫ َﺪف ‪ُ -‬ﻣﺒَ َﺎراة ‪ -‬اﻟﻨﱠﺘِْﻴ َﺠﺔ ‪ -‬اﳊَ َﻜﻢ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻜﺒِْﻴ َـﺮﻳْ ِﻦ‬ ‫ﺎﻫﺪ ‪ُ ...‬ﻛﺮِة اﻟ َﻘ َﺪم ﺑـﲔ اﻟﻨ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎدﻳـَْ ِ‬ ‫ﻧُﺸ ِ‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﺣﺪ – ﺛَﻼَﺛَﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺬ ِﻩ اﻟـﻤﺒﺎراة و ِ‬‫َﺧﻴـﺮة ِﰲ ِ‬ ‫و ‪ ...‬اﻷ ِ‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻧَ ْـﺮِﺟ َﻊ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ﻗـَْﺒ َﻞ ‪....‬‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻘ َِﱰب ‪ ...‬ﻟِﻴَـﺘَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ َﻣ َﻊ ﻫ َﺬا اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺐ َﳊْﻈَﺔً‪.‬‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ اﻟ ُـﻤ ْﺴﻠِ ُﻤ ْﻮن ﻓـِﻲ ‪ ...‬اﻟ َـﻤ ِﺪﻳـْﻨَﺔ‬ ‫وِﰲ ﺻﺒ ِ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺎح ﻋْﻴﺪ اﻟﻔﻄْ ِﺮ ﻳُ َ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ )ﻟَ ْﻦ( و )أَ ْن( ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌﺜﺎل !‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟ ُـﻤﺒَ َﺎراة ‪ /‬اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬أُﺷ ِ‬
‫َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬

 ‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟﺘِْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ اﻟـﻤﺒﺎراة‪ ،‬أُ ِرﻳﺪ أَ ْن أُﺷ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َُ َ ْ‬
‫= ﻟَﻦ أُﺷ ِ‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫‪ -١‬أَ ْذ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻠ َﻌﺐ‪ /‬إِِﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢‬أَﺳﺘﻌِﲑ اﻟـﻤﺠﻠﱠﺔ ‪ /‬ﻛِﺘﺎب ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻘﻪ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َْ ْ َ َ‬
‫َﺧًﺮا ‪ِ /‬ﰲ اﳌ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪ‬ ‫َﺻﻞ إِِﱃ اﳌـ ْﺪرﺳﺔ ﻣﺘَﺄ ِ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻧـَﺘَﻜﻠﱠﻢ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐﺔ اﻹﻧْ ُﺪوﻧْﻴﺴﻴﱠﺔ‪ ِ /‬ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ ِﰲ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‪ِ /‬ﰲ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻧُ َ‬
‫َﺟﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌﺜﺎل!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أ ِ‬
‫ﺻﻠِّ َﻲ اﳌَﻐْ ِﺮب‬
‫ﺿﺄ ﻷُ َ‬
‫ﺿﺄ ؟ ‪ ...‬أَﺗـََﻮ ﱠ‬ ‫ِﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗـَﺘـََﻮ ﱠ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا َْﲡﻠِﺲ أ ََﻣ َﺎم اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن ؟ ‪....‬‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ؟ ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠﻤ ْ َ‬
‫ﲔ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟ ‪....‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒِ ْ َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا َْﲡﻠِﺲ إﱃ اﻟ َـﻤﺎﺋِ َﺪة ؟ ‪....‬‬

‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻦ – ﻟـ وﲢﻴّﺔ اﻻﻓﱰاق‬
‫ﲢﻴﺔ اﻻﻓﱰاق ﺻﺒﺎﺣﺎ و ﺎرا‬
‫ﺖ ِﻣ ْﻦ أ َْﻫﻠِ ِﻪ‬ ‫َوأَﻧْ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺒِﺢ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳋَْﲑ‬
‫ﺗُ ْ‬
‫َوأَﻧْـﺘُ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ أ َْﻫﻠِ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺼﺒِ ُﺤ ْﻮن َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳋَْﲑ‬ ‫ﺗُ ْ‬
‫ُﺷ ْﻜًﺮا !‬ ‫ﻚ ﻧـََﻬ ًﺎرا َﺳﻌِْﻴ ًﺪا‬
‫‪-‬أََﲤَﱠﲎ ﻟَ َ‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻨﺺ اﻵﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬‫ّ‬ ‫ب‪ -‬اﻗﺮأ‬
‫‪) harus‬أن ‪ -‬ﻟﻦ –ﻟـِ( ‪ ) pelaku mufrad yang berada setelah‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع ( ‪Huruf terakhirdari‬‬
‫;‪dibaca fathah‬‬

‫ن‬
‫( ‪Huruf terakhir ( ) dari‬‬ ‫)ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ ‫‪pelaku jamak lak-laki yang berada setelah‬‬
‫‪ ).‬أ ( ‪) diganti dengan alif‬أن ‪ -‬ﻟﻦ –ﻟـِ(‬

‫‪Jangan lupa, akhir kata yang menjadi‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪dibaca fathah, dan sebagainya, dibaca‬‬
‫( ‪sebagaimana pada‬‬ ‫!‪ ) dars yang lalu‬دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)أ(‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻲ واﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫أرﻳﺪ أن أﻗﺮأ ﻛﺘﺎ ﻷﻋﺮف أﺻﺤﺎب اﳌﻬﻨﺔ‪.‬وﻫﻢ اﻟﻔﻼّح واﻟﺒﺎﺋﻊ واﳌﻬﻨﺪس و‬
‫وﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ .‬اﻟﻔﻼّح ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﺰرع اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮﻟﻨﺎ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪.‬اﻟﺒﺎﺋﻊ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺰرع اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪،‬ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻮق‪.‬اﳌﻬﻨﺪس ﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﻓّﺮ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺔ‪.‬اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﲏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﺒﲏ اﻟﺸﻮارع واﳉﺴﻮرﻟﺘﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳌﻮاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻮارع‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﻨﻈّﻢ اﳌﺮور‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮ اﻷﻣﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻟﻨﻴﻮﻓّﺮ اﻷﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻌﺎﰿ اﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)ب(‬
‫اﻟﻔﻼّﺣﻮن ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﺰرﻋﻮا اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮوا ﻟﻨﺎ اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪.‬اﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻮن ﻟﻦ ﻳﺰرﻋﻮا اﻟﻨﺒﺎ ت‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻮق‪.‬اﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﻮن ﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﻓّﺮوا اﳌﻮ ّاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﺒﻨﻮا اﻟﺸﻮارع ﻟﺘﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﳌﻮاد اﻟﻐﺬاﺋﻴّﺔ‪ .‬اﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴّﻮن ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻨﻮا اﻟﺸﻮارع‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪون أن ﻳﻨﻈّﻤﻮا اﳌﺮور‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮوا اﻷﻣﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬اﻷﻃﺒّﺎء ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮوا‬
‫اﻷﻣﻦ‪،‬ﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ أن ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻮا اﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻮﻓّﺮوا ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﺔ واﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬

٦ ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎدس‬
ِ ‫ْﻤ ْﻬﻨَﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄّﺒِّﻴﱠﺔ‬ ِ ‫اَﻟ‬
Salah satu pekerjaan yang sangat mulia adalah dokter. Ia sangat bermanfaat bagi orang
banyak. Ia membantu sesamanya untuk mengobati dan menjaga kesehatan mereka dari
berbagai penyakit. Manusia tidak akan pernah terlepas dari penyakit. Mulai dari penyakit
berat sampai ringan seperti batuk, flu, pusing dan lainnya. Pelajaran keenam ini akan
membahas mengenai pekerjaan dokter dan berbagai penyakit yang biasa ia tangani. Selamat
belajar, semoga bermanfaat!.

! ‫اﻧﻈﺮ واﻗﺮأ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Sedang pusing Sedang flu Sedang batuk

‫ﺻ َﺪاع‬ ِِ ‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي ُزَﻛﺎم‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي ُﺳ َﻌﺎل‬

ُ ‫ﻋْﻨﺪي‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi
Ilus
Il
lus
ustrasii Ilustrasi
Sedang sakit tenggorokan ng sakit
Sedang sak
kitt ggigi
igi
ig Sedang sakit perut

‫ﺎب اﳊَْﻠﻖ‬ ِ ِِ ‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي َﻣﻐَﺺ‬

ُ ‫اﻟﺘ َﻬ‬ ‫َﺳﻨَﺎن‬
ْ ‫ﻋْﻨﺪي َو َﺟ ُﻊ اﻷ‬

٦١ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Sakit diare‬‬ ‫‪Luka berdarah‬‬ ‫‪Kaki pegal-pegal‬‬

‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي إِ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي ُﺟ ْﺮح‬ ‫ِﻋْﻨ ِﺪي أََﱂ ِﰲ ِر ْﺟﻠِﻲ‬

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬

‫َﺳﻨَﺎن ‪ِ -‬ﻋْﻨ ِﺪي َﻣﻐَﺺ‬ ‫ﺎب اﳊَْﻠﻖ ‪َ -‬و َﺟ ُﻊ اﻷ ْ‬

‫ِ‬
‫ﺻ َﺪاع ‪ُ -‬زَﻛﺎم ‪ُ -‬ﺳ َﻌﺎل–إِ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل ‪ -‬اﻟﺘ َﻬ ُ‬ ‫•‪ُ ‬‬
‫ﺎب ِ ﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ﺼ َﺪاع‬ ‫ﺼ ٌ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋْﻨﺪي ُﺟ ْﺮح ‪ -‬ﻋْﻨﺪي أََﱂ – أَ َ ُﻣ َ‬
‫اﻟﺸ ْﻜ َﻮى ‪ ِ -‬ﻷ َْﻣﺲ – َﻏ ًﺪا‬ ‫ﺻ َﻔﺔ ِﻃﺒِّﻴﱠﺔ ‪َ -‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫•‪‬ﻋﻴَ َﺎدةُ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ‪َ -‬و ْ‬
‫ﺎك ﷲ – أ ََﲢَ ﱠﺴﻦ‪ ،‬اﳊَ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﻪﻠﻟ‬ ‫ﻚ – َﺷ َﻔ َ‬ ‫س َﻋﻠَْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻻ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻮ؟‬ ‫ﻜ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺸ‬‫ْ‬ ‫ﺗ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻢ‬
‫ﱠ‬ ‫•‪‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺑِﻚ؟ ‪ِ -‬‬
‫ﻣ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺺ – َﺷ َﻌَﺮ ﻳَ ْﺸﻌُﺮ – ﺗـَﻨَ َﺎول ﻳـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎو ُل‬ ‫ﺺ ﻳـَْﻔ َﺤ َ‬‫•‪َ ‬ﺳﺄ ََل ﻳَ ْﺴﺄ َُل – ﻓَ َﺤ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬

‫ﺼﻮرة اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬ﺻ ْﻞ اﻟﻌﺒَ َﺎرة اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟﻴَﺔ ِ ﻟ ﱡ ْ َ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي َو َﺟ ُﻊ اﻷَ ْﺳﻨَﺎن‬
‫‪Sedang flu‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬

 Ilustrasi

‫ﺻ َﺪاع‬ ِ ِ
ُ ‫ﻋ ْﻨﺪي‬
Sedang sakit perut

Ilustrasi
Terluka berdarah
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي ُزَﻛﺎم‬

Ilustrasi
Ilus
Il
lusstr
t assi
Seeda
dang
ngg sakit
n
Sedang sak
akit
it gigi
giggi
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي ُﺟ ْﺮح‬

Ilustrasi
Kaki pegal-pegal
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي ُﺳ َﻌﺎل‬

٦٣ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Sedang batuk‬‬
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي َﻣﻐَﺺ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Sedang diare‬‬
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي أََﱂ ِﰲ ِر ْﺟﻠِﻲ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Sedang pusing‬‬
‫ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي إِ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل‬

‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳﲔ!‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺳ ِ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺐ ﻣ َﻦ اﻟ َﻜﻠ َﻤﺎت ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬ا ْﺧﺘـَْﺮ َﻣﺎ ﻳـُﻨَ ُ‬
‫ِِ‬
‫ﺼﺎب ِ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺼ َﺪاع‬ ‫اﻟﺮأس – اﻟﻴَﺪ – اﻟ ِﺮ ْﺟﻞ(‪ ،‬أَ َ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻋْﻨﺪي أََﱂ ﰲ ) َ‬
‫ﺼﻒ( ﻟِ ِﺸَﺮ ِاء ﺑـَْﻌ ِ‬
‫ﺾ اﳌـَـﺄْ ُﻛ ْﻮﻻَت‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ إِ َﱃ )اﻟﻌﻴَ َﺎدة– اﳌ ـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ – اﳌ ـَ ْﻘ َ‬
‫ﺻ َﻞ أ ْ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬و َ‬
‫ت ِ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﻷََﱂ ) ﻷ َْﻣﺲ – اﻟﻴـَْﻮم – َﻏ ًﺪا (‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ ُ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬

 ‫اﺣﺔ(!‬ ‫ﺺ ‪ -‬ﻟِ ِ‬
‫ﻼﺳ َﱰ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺎل اﻟﻄَﺒِْﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺗـََﻔﻀﱠﻞ‪ ,‬اِ ْﺳﺘـَْﻠ ِﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ ) ﻟِﻠﻨـﱠْﻮم – ﻟِْﻠ َﻔ ْﺤ ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻗَ َ‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟِِﻪ ‪َ -‬ﺷ ْﻜ َﻮاﻩُ – ﻋُﻨـَْﻮاﻧِِﻪ (‬
‫‪َ -٥‬ﺳﺄ ََل اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ اﳌـَِﺮﻳﺾ َﻋ ْﻦ َ‬
‫ﺼﺎب ِ ﻟﱡﺰَﻛﺎم‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﻓَ َﺤ َ ِ‬
‫ﺖ ُﻣ َ‬‫ﺎل ‪ :‬أَﻧْ َ‬‫س اﻟﱠﺮ ُﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓـََﻘ َ‬‫ﺺ)اﳌﺮﻳﺾ – اﻟﻼﱠﻋﺐ‪ -‬اﻟﻄَﺒْﻴﺐ( َرأْ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ!‬ ‫ﺎل اﳌَ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺳﺐ ِﻣﻦ اﻷَﻓـَْﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٣‬اِ ْﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺿﻴَﺔ ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ ُ‬
‫ب( اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ َﻫ َﺬا اﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ﱠواء‬ ‫‪) -١‬ﺗـَﻨَ َﺎوَل – أَ َﻛ َﻞ – َﺷ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ﺼ ﱠﻔَﺮ اﳊَ َﻜﻢ‬ ‫ض‪ ،‬ﻓَ َ‬ ‫)ﺟﻠَﺲ ‪َ -‬وﻗَ َﻊ – ﻗَ َﺎم ( اﻟﻼَ ِﻋﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْر ِ‬
‫‪َ َ -٢‬‬
‫ﺻ َﻔﺔ ِﻃﺒِّﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟﻴﱠﺔ ﺑَِﻮ ْ‬
‫اﻟﺮ ُﺟﻞ إِ َﱃ َ‬ ‫ض – َﺟﺎءَ ( َ‬ ‫)ﺷ َﻌَﺮ – َﻣ ِﺮ َ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬‬
‫ﺐ – اِ ْﺳﺘـَْﻘﺒَ َﻞ ‪َ -‬ﺳﺄ ََل( اﻟﻄَﺒِْﻴﺐ اﳌـَِﺮﻳﺾ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺷ ْﻜ َﻮاﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) -٤‬ﻃَﻠَ َ‬

‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫ﺎد ْل اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ َواﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻮﺑَﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ !‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬ﺗـَﺒَ َ‬
‫ﺻ َﺪاع‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ُ :‬‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫= ‪َ : +‬ﻣﺎ َذا ﺑِﻚ؟‬
‫ﺻ َﺪاع‬ ‫‪ : -‬ﻋ ْﻨﺪي ُ‬
‫ﺎب اﳊَْﻠﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ُ -١‬زَﻛﺎم ‪ُ -٢‬ﺳ َﻌﺎل ‪َ -٣‬ﻣ ْﻐﺺ ‪ -٤‬إِ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل ‪ُ -٥‬ﺟ ْﺮح‬
‫‪ -٦‬اﻟﺘ َﻬ ُ‬
‫ﺎد ْل اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ َواﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻮﺑَﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ اﳌﺜﺎل!‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬ﺗـَﺒَ َ‬
‫ﻷﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬أََﱂ ِﰲ اﻟﱠﺮأْ ِس‪ْ /‬‬
‫‪ِ : -‬ﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪي أََﱂ ِﰲ اﻟﱠﺮأْس‬ ‫= ‪ِ : +‬ﻣ ﱠﻢ ﺗَ ْﺸ ُﻜﻮ ؟‬
‫‪ ِ : -‬ﻷ َْﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺲ‬ ‫ت َِ َﺬا اﻷََﱂ؟‬‫‪:‬ﻣ َﱴ َﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ َ‬
‫‪َ +‬‬
‫ﺎك ﷲ ! ‪ُ : -‬ﺷ ْﻜ ًﺮا !‬
‫س َﻋﻠَْﻴﻚ‪َ ،‬ﺷ َﻔ َ‬
‫‪ : +‬ﻻَ َ َ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬
 ‫ﺲ‬‫‪ -١‬أََﱂ ِﰲ اﻟِّﺮ ْﺟ ِﻞ‪ /‬أ َْﻣ ِ‬

‫‪ -٢‬أََﱂ ِﰲ اﻟﻴَ ُ‬
‫ﺪ‪/‬ﻣْﻨ ُﺬ ﻳـَْﻮَﻣ ْﲔ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٣‬أََﱂ ِﰲ اﳌـَﻌ َﺪة‪ُ /‬ﻣْﻨ ُﺬ أ ْ‬
‫ُﺳﺒـُْﻮع‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬أََﱂ ﰲ اﳊَْﻠﻖ‪ /‬أ َْﻣﺲ َﻣ َﺴﺎءً‬
‫ﺎح اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬
‫ﺎن‪/‬ﺻﺒَ َ‬
‫َﺳﻨَ َ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬أََﱂ ِﰲ اﻷ ْ‬
‫ﲔ ‪ /‬ﻗـَْﺒ َﻞ ﺛـََﻼﺛَِﺔ أَﱠ م‬ ‫اﻟﻌ ْ ِ‬
‫‪ -٦‬أََﱂ ِﰲ َ‬
‫ﺎد ْل اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَﺔ َواﻷَ ْﺟ ِﻮﺑَﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َزِﻣ ْﻴﻠِﻚ!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٣‬ﺗـَﺒَ َ‬
‫ﺖ‬‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِﻴﺐ ؟ ‪ : -‬ﻧـََﻌﻢ‪َ ،‬ذ َﻫْﺒ ُ‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻫ ْﻞ َذ َﻫْﺒ َ‬
‫‪ : -‬أ ََﲢَ ﱠﺴﻦ‪ ،‬اﳊَ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﻪﻠﻟ‬ ‫ﻒ َﺣﺎﻟُﻚ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم؟‬ ‫‪َ : +‬ﻛْﻴ َ‬
‫‪ُ : -‬ﺷ ْﻜًﺮا!‬ ‫ﺎك ﷲ‬
‫‪َ : +‬ﺷ َﻔ َ‬

‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻞ اﳌَ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺿﻰ (‬ ‫) ُ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ِرع ‪1. Selain‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ . Contoh:‬ﻓِ ْﻌﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺎض ‪ , ada yang disebut‬ﻓ ْﻌﻞ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض‬
‫ب‬‫ﻳَ ْﺸَﺮ ُ‬ ‫ب‬‫ﺷ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫َﻛﺘَ َ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ‬ ‫س‬‫ﻳَ ْﺪ ُر ُ‬ ‫س‬‫َد َر َ‬
‫ﻳُِﺮﻳْ ُﺪ‬ ‫أ ََر َاد‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺸﻌُُﺮ‬ ‫َﺷ َﻌَﺮ‬
‫ُِﳛ ﱡ‬
‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫َﺣ ﱠ‬ ‫أَ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأُ‬ ‫ﻗـََﺮأ‬
‫س‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻳُ َﺪ ّر ُ‬ ‫س‬‫َد ﱠر َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻳَ ْﺬَِﻫ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﻳـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎو ُل‬ ‫ﻨﺎوَل‬
‫ﺗَِ َ‬ ‫ﺲ‬
‫َْﳚﻠِ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ‬‫َﺟﻠَ َ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻄْﻴ ُﻊ‬ ‫ﺎع‬
‫ا ْﺳﺘَﻄَ َ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮﺟ ُﻊ‬ ‫َر َﺟ َﻊ‬
‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬
 ‫‪ sesuai dengan pelakunya‬ﻓِ ْﻌﻞ َﻣ ٍ‬
‫ﺎض ‪2. Bentuk‬‬

‫َْﳓ ُﻦ‬ ‫أَﻧْ ِ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫أﻧﺖ‬
‫َ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫)ﻫ َﻮ( َﻋﺎﺋِ َ‬
‫ﺸﺔ )ﻫﻲ(‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ ُ‬‫أْ‬
‫ﻗـََﺮأْ َ‬ ‫ﻗـﺮأْ ِ‬
‫ت‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ت‬‫ﻗـََﺮأْ َ‬ ‫ت‬‫ﻗـََﺮأْ ُ‬ ‫َت‬
‫ﻗـََﺮأ ْ‬ ‫ﻗـََﺮأَ‬
‫َﻛﺘـَﺒـْﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫َﻛﺘـﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َﻛﺘـَْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
‫َﻛﺘـَْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
‫َﻛﺘـَﺒَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َﻛﺘَ َ‬
‫َﺷ َﻌ ْﺮَ‬ ‫ت‬‫َﺷﻌﺮ ِ‬ ‫ت‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ت‬
‫َﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ ُ‬ ‫ت‬‫َﺷ َﻌَﺮ ْ‬ ‫َﺷ َﻌَﺮ‬
‫َذ َﻫﺒـْﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫َذﻫﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َذ َﻫْﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
‫َذ َﻫْﺒ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫َذ َﻫﺒَ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻴـْﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠْﻴ َ‬
‫ﺖ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠْﻴ ُ‬
‫ﺖ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠ ْ‬‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫( ‪1.‬‬ ‫‪ ) untuk menunjukkan masa lampau. Kata-kata yang menunjukkan waktu lampau,‬ﻓِ ْﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض‬
‫‪seperti:‬‬

‫ﺎﺿﻲ ‪ -‬ﻗـَْﺒ َﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أَﱠ م ‪ُ -‬ﻣْﻨ ُﺬ ﺛـََﻼﺛَِﺔ أَﱠ ٍم‬

‫ﺲ ‪ -‬ﰲ اﻷُﺳﺒـﻮِع اﳌـ ِ‬
‫ْ ُْ َ‬ ‫ﺎح اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‪ ،‬أ َْﻣ ِ‬
‫ﺻﺒَ َ‬
‫‪َ -‬‬
‫ﻀﺎ ِرع ( ‪2.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪ ) untuk masa sekarang, masa yang akan datang, atau kebiasaan. Kata-kata yang‬ﻓِ ْﻌﻞ ُﻣ‬
‫‪menunjukkan waktu tersebut, seperti:‬‬

‫ُﺳﺒـُْﻮِع اﻟ َﻘ ِﺎدم ‪ُ -‬ﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻳـَْﻮم‬

‫اﻵن ‪ -‬اﻟﻴـَْﻮم– َﻏ ًﺪا ‪ -‬ﰲ اﻷ ْ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻀ َﻤﺎﺋِﺮ َﻣ َﻊ ﺗـَﻐْﻴِ ِْﲑ َﻣﺎ ﻳـُْﻠ ِﺰم!‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ َ‬
‫ﺴَ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ :(١‬ﻛ ّﻤ ْﻞ َﺣ َ‬
‫ﺻ َﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮ ْ‬
‫ﺐ َ‬ ‫ﺺ اﳌَِﺮﻳْﺾ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ َﻛﺘَ َ‬ ‫)ﻫ َﻮ( َد َﺧ َﻞ ﻏُ ْﺮﻓَﺔَ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸﻒ‪َ ،‬وﻓَ َﺤ َ‬‫اﻟﻄَﺒِْﻴﺐ ُ‬
‫)ﻫ َﻲ( _________ ‪َ ،‬و ________ ‪ ،‬ﰒّ _________‬ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒِﻴـﺒﺔ ِ‬
‫َْ‬
‫أ _________ ‪َ ،‬و ________ ‪ ،‬ﰒّ _________‬
‫ﺖ _________ ‪َ ،‬و ________ ‪ ،‬ﰒّ _________‬ ‫أَﻧْ َ‬
‫ﺖ _________ ‪َ ،‬و ________ ‪ ،‬ﰒّ _________‬ ‫أَﻧْ ِ‬

‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬اِ ْﺧﺘـﺮ ِ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤ ْﻴﺢ ﳑﱠﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ!‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﺖ ( اﳌ ـَ ِﺮﻳْﺾ إِ َﱃ ِﻋﻴَ َﺎد ِة اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺐ – َذ َﻫﺒَ ْ‬
‫ﺐ – ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻷ َْﻣﺲ ) َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﱠﺔ‬ ‫ة‬
‫َ‬‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﺒ‬‫‪َ -٢‬ﻏ ًﺪا‪ ) ،‬ﻟَﻌِﺐ – ﻟَﻌِﺒﺖ – ﺗـ ْﻠﻌﺐ( اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ ََ‬ ‫َ‬
‫)ﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ – ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ – ﺗـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ ( اﳌـَُـﻮﻇﱠُﻔ ْﻮن ُﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻳـَْﻮم ِﰲ َﻣ ْﻜﺘَﺒِ ِﻬ ْﻢ‬ ‫‪َ -٣‬‬
‫‪) -٤‬ﺑـﲎ – ﻳـﺒ ِﲏ – ﺗَــﺒ ِﲏ ( اﳌ ـﻬْﻨ ِﺪس ﻫ َﺬا اﻟﺸﱠﺎ ِرع ِﰲ اﻟﻌ ِﺎم اﳌـ ِ‬
‫ـﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ َْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َﺻ َﺤﺎﺑُﻪ‬
‫ﺾ اﻵ َ ت‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ َﺣﻔﻈَ َﻬﺎ أ ْ‬ ‫َت ‪ -‬ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ ( َر ُﺳ ْﻮ ُل ﷲ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫‪) -٥‬ﻗَ َـﺮأَ – ﻗَ َـﺮأ ْ‬
‫ـﲔ ِﰲ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ َﻣﱠﺮﺗَ ْ ِ‬ ‫ﱡ‬
‫ُﺳﺒـُْﻮع‬ ‫س ‪ -‬ﻧَ ْﺪ ُرس( اﻟﻠﻐَﺔ ََ‬ ‫)د َر ْﺳﻨَﺎ ‪ -‬ﻳَ ْﺪ ُر ُ‬
‫‪َ -٦‬‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ ( َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﳌ ـُـﺒَ َﺎراة َﻣ َﺴﺎءَ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬
‫ﺎﻫ ُﺪ ‪ -‬ﻧُﺸ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ ) -٧‬ﺷﺎﻫ ْﺪ َ ‪ -‬ﻳﺸ ِ‬
‫َُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺐ!‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬ا ْﻣﻸ اﻟ َﻔ َﺮاغ ِ ِﻟﻔ ْﻌ ِﻞ اﳌُ َ‬
‫ﻀﺎرِع اﳌُﻨَ ِ‬
‫ﻀﺎرِع‬
‫ُﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ٍ‬
‫ﺎض‬ ‫ﻀﺎرِع‬
‫ُﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ٍ‬
‫ﺎض‬ ‫ﻀﺎرِع‬ ‫ُﻣ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ٍ‬
‫ﺎض‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫َﺷ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ب‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َﻛﺘَ َ‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫ﻗَـ َـﺮأ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫س‬‫َد َر َ‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َذ َﻫ َ‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ‬
‫‪....‬‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َﺣ ﱠ‬‫أَ‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫أ ََر َاد‬ ‫‪....‬‬ ‫َﺷ َﻌَﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ُﻣ َﻌﺎ َﳉَﺔ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫)أ(‬
‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Sedang diperiksa dokter‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬

 ‫َﲪﺪ‪.‬ﻓَﺠﻠَﺲ ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ِﰲ ﻏُﺮﻓَِﺔ ِ‬
‫اﻻﻧْﺘِﻈَﺎر‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وﺻﻞ ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِﻴﺐ إِﺑـﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ ﻟِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َﺧ ْﻮﻩُ أ ْ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻠﻤ َﻌﺎ َﳉَﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳـَُﺮاﻓ ُﻘﻪُ أ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ َْ ْ‬ ‫َ ََ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ َﺟﺎءَ َد ْوُرﻩُ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َﺪ َﺧﻞ إِ َﱃ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸﻒ‪ .‬ا ْﺳﺘـَْﻘﺒَ َﻞ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َﺧﺎﻟﺪاً‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻳـَﻨـْﺘَﻈُﺮ َد ْوَرﻩُ‪َ ،‬وﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ ُرﺑ ِﻊ َﺳ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺎل ﻟَﻪ ِ‬
‫‪:‬ﻣ ﱠﻢ ﺗَ ْﺸ ُﻜﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ف َﻣﺎ ﻳَ ْﺸ ُﻜﻮ ﻣْﻨﻪُ‪ ،‬ﻓـََﻘ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻓـََﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺗـََﻔﻀﱠﻞ‪ ،‬ا ْﺳﺘـَْﻠ ِﻖ َﻋﻠَﻰ َﻫ َﺬا اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ!‪ .‬ﻓَ َﺴﺄَﻟَﻪُ ﻟِﻴـَْﻌ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ﺎل َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‪ِ :‬ﻋْﻨ ِﺪي أََﱂ َﺷ ِﺪﻳْﺪ ِﰲ اﻟﱠﺮأْس َوِﰲ َﻣﻌِ َﺪِﰐ‬ ‫َﺧﻲ ؟ ﻓـََﻘ َ‬ ‫أِ‬
‫َ‬
‫)ب(‬
‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Pasien konsultasi dengan‬‬
‫‪dokter‬‬

‫ﲔ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َواﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‬ ‫اﻵﰐ ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫ﰒُﱠ َﺟﺮى اﳊِﻮار ِ‬

‫َ َ‬
‫ت َِ َﺬا اﻷََﱂ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻄَﺒِْﻴﺐ ‪ُ :‬ﻣْﻨ ُﺬ َﻣ َﱴ َﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ َ‬
‫ت ﺑِِﻪ ُﻣْﻨ ُﺬ ﺛَﻼَﺛَِﺔ أَﱠ م‪.‬‬ ‫اﳌـَﺮﻳﺾ ‪َ :‬ﺷ َﻌ ْﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺖ َﺷﻴـْﺌًﺎ ؟‬ ‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ‪َ :‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَـﻨَ َﺎوﻟْ َ‬
‫ب‪،‬وَﱂْ ﺗَـْﻨـ َﻔ ْﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺾ اﻷَﻗْ َـﺮاص َواﳊُﺒـُْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ ‪ :‬ﺗَـﻨَ َﺎوﻟْ ُ‬
‫اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ‪ :‬ﺗَـ َﻔﻀﱠﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ ﻟِْﻠ َﻔ ْﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼﻪُ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ(‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻔ‬‫ْ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫)اِﺳﺘـ ْﻠ َﻘﻰ اﳌ ـ ِﺮﻳﺾ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﺳ ِﺮﻳ ِﺮ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸ ِ‬
‫ﻒ ﻟِ‬
‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Dokter sedang menulis resep‬‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫ﺎب ِ ﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺺ َﻛﺘَﺐ ﻟَﻪ اﻟﻮﺻ َﻔﺔ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒِ‬
‫ﺼ َﺪاع َواﻟﱡﺰ َﻛﺎم(‪،‬‬ ‫ﺼ ٌ‬ ‫ﺖ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫س َﻋﻠَْﻴﻚ‪،‬أَﻧْ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻻ‬
‫َ‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺎل‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬‫ﻗ‬‫و‬‫َ‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫ﱠ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ّ‬ ‫َوﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻟ َﻔ ْﺤ ِ َ ُ َ ْ‬
‫ﺻ َﻔﺔ ِﻃﺒِّﻴﱠﺔ ﻗَﺎﺋِﻼً‪:‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َوأ َْﻋﻄَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َﺧﺎﻟ ًﺪا َو ْ‬
‫ﺻ َﻔﺔ إِ َﱃ‬ ‫ِ ِ ِ ِِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻮ ْ‬
‫ﺐ َﻣ َﻊ أَﺧْﻴﻪ َﺬﻩ َ‬ ‫ﺔ(‪.‬ﺧَﺮ َج َﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻣ َﻦ اﳌـَُﻌﺎ َﳉَﺔ واﻟ َﻔ ْﺤﺺ ﰒُﱠ َذ َﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺻ َﻔ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ ْ‬
‫)وَﻫﺬﻩِ ﻫ َﻲ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺪﻟﻴﱠﺔ‪Sehat Abadi .‬‬ ‫ﺼْﻴ َ‬
‫اﻟ ﱠ‬
‫)د(‬
‫ﺼ ِﻪ ﻟِﻴـََﺮى ﻧَﺘِْﻴ َﺠﺔَ اﻟﻌِﻼَج‪ .‬ﻓَِﺈ َذا‬
‫وأَﺣﻴﺎ ً ﻳـ ُﻘﻮم اﳌـ ِﺮﻳﺾ ﺑِ ِﺰ رِة اﻟﻄﱠﺒِﻴﺐ َ ﻧِﻴﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳـ ُﻘﻮم اﻟﻄﱠﺒِﻴﺐ ﺑَِﻔﺤ ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ً ََ ُْ ْ‬ ‫ََ ْ‬ ‫َ َْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َﺻﺒَ َﺢ ُﻫ َﻮ واﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َﺳﻌْﻴ ًﺪا ﻓَ ِﺮ ًﺣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫أُ ْﺷﻔ َﻲ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ أ ْ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة !‬ ‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴ َﺢ )ص( أ َْو اﳋَﻄَﺄ)خ( ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬
‫ﺐ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ إِ َﱃ ﻃَﺒِْﻴﺐ اِ ْﲰُﻪُ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ) -١‬ص‪/‬خ ( َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻷَﻧﱠﻪُ َﻣ ِﺮﻳْﺾ‬ ‫ﺐأْ‬ ‫‪ ) -٢‬ص‪/‬خ ( َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ ) -٣‬ص‪/‬خ ( َد َﺧ َﻞ َﺧﺎﻟﺪ إِ َﱃ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸﻒ ﻓَ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺘَـ ْﻘﺒـَﻠَﻪُ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫َﲪَﺪ َﻣ َﻊ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ‬‫ﱠث أ ْ‬
‫‪ ) -٤‬ص‪/‬خ ( َﲢَﺪ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ف َﻣﺎ ﻳَ ْﺸ ُﻜﻮ ﻣْﻨﻪُ‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ ﻟِﻴـَْﻌ ِﺮ َ‬
‫‪ ) -٥‬ص‪/‬خ ( َﺳﺄ ََل اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ أ ْ‬
‫‪ ) -٦‬ص‪/‬خ ( َﺷ َﻌَﺮ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ٍََِﱂ َﺷ ِﺪﻳْﺪ ِﰲ اﻟﱠﺮأْ ِس َوِﰲ اﳌـَﻌِ َﺪة‬
‫ﺺ َﺧﺎﻟِﺪ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴِّﺪ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ ِﰲ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸﻒ‬ ‫‪ ) -٧‬ص‪/‬خ ( ﻓَ َﺤ َ‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة!‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌﻠَﺔ اﻵﺗﻴَﺔ ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أَﺟ ْ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ؟‬
‫ﺐأْ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗـَﻨَ َﺎوَل اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َ‬
‫اﻟﺪ َواء؟‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬

 ‫ﺺ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َﺧﺎﻟِ ًﺪا؟‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أَﻳْ َﻦ ﻓَ َﺤ َ‬
‫ض َﺷ ِﺪﻳْﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﺼﺎب ِﲟَِﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ﻫ ْﻞ َﺧﺎﻟﺪ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺾ اﳊُﺒـُْﻮب ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٥‬ﻫ ْﻞ أ َْﻋﻄَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ َﺧﺎﻟﺪاً ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬أَﻳﻦ َذﻫﺐ ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ﻣﻊ أ ِ‬
‫ﻚ؟‬ ‫َﺧْﻴ ِﻪ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َذﻟ َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ َ ََ‬

‫ِ‬
‫ِوﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄَﺔ وﻟَﻜﻨﻬﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻄْﺲ‬ ‫ﻂ ﻓَﻤﻚ ِ‬ ‫َﻏ ِ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻌﺎل أو َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺪ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻨ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻚ ﻗَ ْـﺒ َﻞ ﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎوِل اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻏﺴ ْﻞ ﻳَ َﺪﻳْ َ‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫ﺎل أَو اﳌُ ْﺴﺘـَْﻘﺒَﻞ !‬ ‫َﺣ ِﻮ ْل اﻷَﻓـَْﻌﺎل اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ ﻓِ ْﻴﻤﺎ ﻳَﻠِﻲ ﻟِﺘَ ُﺪ ﱠل َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳊَ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫اﻻﻧْﺘِﻈَﺎر ﰒُﱠ َﺟﺎءَ َد ْوُرﻩُ ﻓَ َﺪ َﺧ َﻞ إِ َﱃ ﻏُْﺮﻓَِﺔ اﻟ َﻜ ْﺸﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺟﻠَﺲ اﳌ ـ ِﺮﻳﺾ ِﰲ ﻏُﺮﻓَِﺔ ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ َْ‬
‫ﺲ اﳌـَﺮﻳِﺾ ‪....‬‬ ‫َﳚﻠِ‬
‫ْ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ف َﻣﺎ ﻳَ ْﺸ ُﻜﻮ ِﻣْﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ا ْﺳﺘـَْﻘﺒَﻞ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ ﻓَ َﺴﺄَﻟَﻪُ ﻟِﻴـَْﻌ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺾ اﳊُﺒـُْﻮب‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑـَْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺔ ََِﱂ َﺷﺪﻳْﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎوﻟَ ْ‬ ‫ت اﳌـَِﺮﻳْ َ‬‫‪َ -٣‬ﺷ َﻌَﺮ ْ‬
‫ﻀﺔ ‪...‬‬‫ﺗَ ْﺸﻌُُﺮ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْ َ‬
‫‪َ -٤‬ذﻫﺒﺖ ﻋﺎﺋِﺸﺔ إِ َﱃ اﳌـ ْﻜﺘـﺒﺔ وﻗَـﺮأَت ﻓِﻴـﻬﺎ ﺑـﻌﺾ اﻟ ُﻜﺘﺐ ِّ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻳْﻨِﻴﱠﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫َ ََ َ َ ْ َْ َْ َ ُ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬

‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﻟﺒـَْﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪َ -٥‬ذﻫﺒﺖ إِ َﱃ اﳌـ ْﻠﻌﺐ وﻟَﻌِﺒﺖ ﺑِ ُﻜﺮِة اﻟ ﱠﺴﻠﱠﺔ ﻣﻊ أ ِ ِ‬
‫َﺻﺪﻗَﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒُﱠ َر َﺟ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ََ ْ‬ ‫ََ َ ْ ُ َ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬
‫ﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ ‪....‬‬ ‫أَ ْذ َﻫ ُ‬
‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ِﰲ اﳌـَْﻮ ِﻋﺪ‬‫ﺻ ْﻠ ُ‬‫ﺖ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة َوَو َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺖ اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر ﰒُﱠ َرﻛْﺒ ُ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺗَــﻨَ َﺎوﻟْ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺒﺢ ِﰲ َﲨ ٍ‬
‫ﻚ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآ َن اﻟ َﻜ ِﺮﱘ؟‬‫ت ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ َذﻟ َ‬‫ﺎﻋﺔ َوﻗَـ َـﺮأْ َ‬
‫ﺖ اﻟ ﱡ ْ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠْﻴ َ‬‫‪َ -٧‬ﻫ ْﻞ َ‬
‫ﺼﻠِّﻲ ‪....‬‬ ‫َﻫ ْﻞ ﺗُ َ‬
‫ت ُﻫﻨَﺎك؟‬ ‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ‪َ ،‬وَﻣﺎ َذا َﺷ َ‬
‫ﺎﻫ ْﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻋﺔ َذ َﻫْﺒ َ‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫‪ِ -٨‬ﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺎﻋﺔ ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ ‪....‬‬ ‫ي َﺳ َ‬ ‫ِﰲ أَ ِّ‬
‫ﺐ؟‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ذ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫َﻳ‬‫أ‬ ‫ﰒ‬
‫ُﱠ‬ ‫ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﳉ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﳌ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬‫‪ -٩‬أَﻳﻦ ﺧﺮج ﺧﺎﻟِﺪ ِ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ُ َ‬‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ ََ َ َ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻟِْﻠ َﻤ ِﺮﻳﺾ َوَﻣﺎ َذا ﻗَ َ‬
‫ﺎل ﻟَﻪُ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٠١‬ﻣﺎ َذا َﻛﺘَ َ‬
‫َﻣﺎ َذا ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُﺐ ‪....‬‬

‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫اﺠﻤﻟﺮد‬
‫أوزان اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ّ‬
‫اﺠﻤﻟﺮد ﺳﺘّﺔ أوزان‬
‫اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔﻌِ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَﻌِ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻳـَ ْﻔﻌِ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَﻌِ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَـﻌُ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬

 ‫اﺠﻤﻟﺮد ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫أوزان اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ّ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬
‫ﻳـَْﺒ َﺪأُ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﺪأَ‬ ‫َْ ُﻛ ُﻞ‬ ‫أَ َﻛ َﻞ‬
‫َْﳚ َﻤ ُﻊ‬ ‫َﲨَ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ُﻞ‬ ‫َد َﺧ َﻞ‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َذ َﻫ َ‬ ‫س‬‫ﻳَ ْﺪ ُر ُ‬ ‫س‬‫َد َر َ‬
‫ﻳـَْﺰَرعُ‬ ‫ع‬
‫َزَر َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُ ُ‬ ‫َﻛﺘَ َ‬
‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳـََﻘ ُﻊ‬ ‫َوﻗَ َﻊ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْـﺮ ُﺳ ُﻢ‬ ‫َر َﺳ َﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻳَـ ْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَ َـﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ب‬‫ﻳَ ْﺸَﺮ ُ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫َﺷ ِﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻳَ ْـﺮِﺟ ُﻊ‬ ‫َر َﺟ َﻊ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻬ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﻬ َﻢ‬ ‫ﻀ ِﺮ ُ‬
‫ب‬ ‫ﻳَ ْ‬ ‫ب‬
‫ﺿَﺮ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻌﻠَ ُﻢ‬ ‫َﻋﻠِ َﻢ‬ ‫ﻳـَ ْﻐ ِﺴ ُﻞ‬ ‫َﻏ َﺴ َﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮ َ‬ ‫َر ِﺿ َﻲ‬ ‫ﻳَﺒِْﻴ ُﻊ‬ ‫َع‬
‫َﳜْ َﺸﻰ‬ ‫َﺧ ِﺸ َﻲ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺒ ِﲎ‬ ‫ﺑـََﲎ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻳَـ ْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَـﻌُ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْﳛ ُﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ ُﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َْﳛﺴ ُ‬ ‫َﺣﺴ َ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺜـُُﺮ‬ ‫َﻛﺜـَُﺮ‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﺪرس اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬ ٧
‫ﱠﺪا ِوي‬
َ ‫اﻟﺘ‬
Allah swt memberi manusia tubuh sebagai amanat yang wajib ia jaga dan rawat. Menjaga
kesehatan merupakan hal terpenting bagi kita. Tanpa adanya kesehatan kita tidak akan bisa
menjalankan berbagai aktivitas. Jika kita sakit, kita tidak akan bisa menjalankan apapun
kecuali berobat kepada dokter. Berobat adalah usaha kita untuk merawat tubuh kita. Berobat
menjadi topik kita pada pelajaran ketujuh. Selamat belajar dan semoga bermanfaat!.

!‫ﺼ َﻮر اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ‬

‫اﻧْﻈُْﺮ إِ َﱃ اﻟ ﱡ‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Apoteker di apotik Obat cair dan sendok Pil dan kapsul

‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‬
َ ‫ﺼْﻴ َﺪِﱄ ِﰲ‬
‫ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫َد َواء َﺳﺎﺋِﻞ َوِﻣ ْﻠ َﻌ َﻘﺔ‬ ‫ُﺣﺒـُْﻮب َوأَﻗْ َـﺮاص‬

Ilustrasi Ilustrasi Ilustrasi

Penumpang terjatuh Penumpang naik tangga bis Obat 3 kali 1 hari

‫َﺳ َﻘ َﻂ َراﻛِﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْرض‬ ‫اﻟﺮﱠﻛﺎب اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬

‫ﺐ ﱡ‬ ِ‫رﻛ‬
َ َ ‫ﺗـﻨَ ُﺎو ُل اﻟﺪ َﱠواء ﺛَﻼَث َﻣﱠﺮات ِﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٧٤

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬ ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Pemain terkena bola‬‬ ‫‪Siswa sedang main bola‬‬ ‫‪Ambulance mengangkut‬‬
‫‪basket‬‬ ‫‪orang saki‬‬

‫ﲔ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺒَﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺖ اﻟ ُﻜﱠﺮة َﻋ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺐ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟﺒَﺎت ُﻛَﺮَة اﻟ ﱠﺴﻠﱠﺔ أ َ‬
‫َﺻﺎﺑَ ْ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺬ ْت َﺳﻴﱠ َﺎرةُ ا ِﻹ ْﺳ َﻌﺎف اﳌـُ َ‬
‫ﺼﺎب ﺗَـ ْﻠ َﻌ ُ‬ ‫أَ‬

‫اﳌﻔﺮدات واﻟﻌﺒﺎرات‬

‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫•‪َ ‬د َواء ج أ َْد ِوﻳَﺔ ‪َ -‬ﺣﺒﱠﺔ ج ُﺣﺒـُْﻮب ‪ -‬ﻗُ ْـﺮص ج أَﻗْ َـﺮاص ‪َ -‬د َواء َﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ -‬ﻣ ْﻠ َﻌ َﻘﺔ ‪َ -‬‬
‫ﱠواء َﻏ ْﲑ َﻣ ْﻮ ُﺟ ْﻮد ‪-‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ِ َ -‬‬
‫ﱄ ‪َ -‬ﺳﻴﱠ َﺎرةُ اﻹ ْﺳ َﻌﺎف ‪ -‬ﺛَﻼَث َﻣﱠﺮات ﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم ‪ -‬آﺳﻒ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪ َ‬ ‫ﺻْﻴ َﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺼﺎب إِ َﱃ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﻂ اﻟﱠﺮ ُﺟﻞ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْرض ‪ُ َْ -‬ﺧ ُﺬ اﳌـُ َ‬‫ﱠواء ‪َ -‬رﻛِﺒَﺎﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة ‪َ -‬ﺳ َﻘ َ‬
‫آﺧﺬ اﻟﺪ َ‬‫ُ‬
‫‪ -‬أَﺻﺎﺑﺖ اﻟ ُﻜﺮة ِﰲ ﻋﻴﻨِﻬﺎ ‪ -‬أُِرﻳ ُﺪ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺸ َﻔﺎء َﺣﺎﻻً !!‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ ْ َ َْ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﳌﻔﺮدات‬

‫ﺼﻮرة اﳌــﻨَ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺳﺒَﺔ!‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻞ اﻟﻌﺒَ َﺎرة اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟﻴَﺔ ِ ﻟ ﱡ ْ َ ُ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Obat 3 kali 1 hari‬‬ ‫ﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‬
‫ﱄ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱠ‬‫ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤﻞ َ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪ ّ‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Penumpang naik tangga bis‬‬ ‫ﱠواء ﺛَﻼَث َﻣﱠﺮات ِﰲ اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬
‫آﺧ ُﺬ اﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ُ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Pemain terkena bola‬‬ ‫اﻟﺮﱠﻛﺎب اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬
‫ﺐ ﱡ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َرﻛ َ‬

‫‪Ilustrasi‬‬
‫‪Apoteker kerja di apotik‬‬ ‫ﲔ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺒَﺔ‬
‫ﺖ اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة َﻋ ْ َ‬
‫َﺻﺎﺑَ ْ‬
‫أَ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬ا ْﺧ َﱰ اﳌُﻨَﺎﺳﺐ ﳑﱠﺎ ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ !‬
‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳِْﻘﻨَﺎ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬
‫‪َ -١‬ذ َﻫﺒـْﻨَﺎ إِ َﱃ ‪ ...‬ﻟﻌﻴَ َﺎدة َ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ(‬
‫)اﳌـُ ْـﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ – اﳌ ـَْﻠ َﻌﺐ – َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬

 ‫‪ -٢‬أَﺧ ْﺬت ‪ِ ، ...‬ﰲ ُﻛ ِﻞ ﻣﱠﺮة ِﻣ ْﻠﻌ َﻘﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫َّ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬
‫ﱠواء اﻟ ﱠﺴﺎﺋِﻞ (‬ ‫ﺻﺎ واﺣﺪا ‪ -‬اﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫)ﺣﺒﱠﺔ َواﺣ َﺪة – ﻗُ ْـﺮ ً‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ ! ... -٣‬ﺗَـﺘَ َﺤ ﱠﺴﻦ َﺣﺎﻟَِﱵ‪.‬‬
‫)آﺳﻒ – اﳊَ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﻪﻠﻟ ‪َ -‬ﻋ ِﻈْﻴﻢ(‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳَﺸ ُﻜﻮ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ ِﻣ ْﻦ ‪ِ ...‬ﰲ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ‬
‫)د َواﺋِِﻪ – ِﺷ َﻔﺎﺋِﻪ ‪ -‬أَﻟَ ِﻤ ِﻪ(‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺾ اﻷ َْد ِوﻳَﺔ ‪ِ ...‬ﰲ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬آﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑـَْﻌ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫)ﻣ ْﻮ ُﺟ ْﻮَدة – َﻏ ْﲑ َﻣ ْﻮ ُﺟ ْﻮَدة – َﻛﺜِْﻴ َـﺮة(‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺎﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰ ﻣﺎ ﻳـﻨَ ِ‬
‫ﺐ ﻣ َﻦ اﻷَﻓـَْﻌﺎل ﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ َﻘ ْﻮ َﺳ ْﲔ !‬ ‫َ ُ ُ‬
‫‪ ... -١‬اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﻟﻼﱠ ِﻋﺒَﺔ ِﰲ َﻋْﻴﻨِ َﻬﺎ‬
‫ت(‬ ‫ت – َﺷ َﻌَﺮ ْ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺬ ْ‬
‫ﺖ–أَ‬ ‫َﺻﺎﺑَ ْ‬
‫)أ َ‬
‫ﺖ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓَـ ‪َ ...‬راﻛِﺐ ِﻣ َﻦ ﱡاﻟﺮﱠﻛﺎب َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْر ِ‬
‫ض‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﲢَﱠﺮَﻛ ْ‬
‫َﺧ َﺬ ‪َ -‬ﺳ َﻘ َﻂ(‬ ‫)ﺷ َﻜﺎ – أ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺼﻪُ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ‬
‫‪ ... -٣‬اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟ ﱠﺴ ِﺮﻳْﺮ ﻓـَﻴـَْﻔ َﺤ ُ‬
‫ﻂ(‬ ‫ﻒ – ﻳَ ْﺴﺘـَْﻠ ِﻘﻲ – ﻳَ ْﺴ ُﻘ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫)ﻳَﻘ ُ‬
‫‪َِ -٤‬ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠَﻰ اﳌـ ِﺮﻳﺾ أَ ْن ‪ ...‬ﺣ ﱠﱴ ﻳﺘِ ﱠﻢ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺸ َﻔﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ُ َ َْ‬
‫) ﻳَ ْﺴ َِﱰﻳْ َﺢ – َْﳚ ِﺮي – ﻳـَﻨَﺎم (‬

‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﳊﻮار‬
‫ﲔ اﻟ ﱠﺮ ُﺟﻞ ﻓِ ْﻴ َﻤﺎ ﻳَﻠِﻲ!‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼ ْﻴ َﺪﻟﻴﱠﺔ َوﺑـَْ َ‬
‫ﲔ َ‬ ‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ َﺟ َﺮى ﺑـَْ َ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬أ ْ‬
‫اﳌﺮﻳﺾ ‪َ :‬ﻫ ْﻞ ِﻋْﻨ َﺪ ُﻛ ْﻢ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﻷ َْد ِوﻳَﺔ اﻟﺜَﻼَﺛَﺔ؟‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﱄ ‪ :‬اﻟﺪﱠواء اﻷ ﱠَول ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒﱠﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة ﻗَ ْـﺒ َﻞ اﻟﻨـﱠْﻮم ‪،‬‬ ‫َْ ُْ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﱠﺎﱐ ؟‬ ‫اﳌﺮﻳﺾ ‪ :‬واﻟﺪﱠواء اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﱄ ‪َ :‬واﻟﺪ َﱠواءُ اﻟﺜ ِﱠﺎﱐ َﻣ ْﻮ ُﺟ ْﻮد ‪ .‬ﺛَﻼَث َﺣﺒﱠﺎت ﻳـَْﻮِﻣﻴًّﺎ ﺑـَْﻌ َﺪ اﻷَ ْﻛﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﱠواءُ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺚ؟‬ ‫اﳌﺮﻳﺾ ‪َ :‬واﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ُﺧَﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫آﺳﻒ‪َ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﻵن‪.‬ﳝُْ ِﻜﻦ أَ ْن ﺗَ ْﺸ ِﱰﻳﻪ ِﻣﻦ اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﱄ ‪ِ :‬‬
‫ﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟﻴﱠﺔ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫َ َُ َ‬ ‫ْ َْ ُْ‬

‫ﺼ ْﻴ َﺪِﱄ ﻓِ ْﻴ َﻤﺎ ﻳَﻠِﻲ!‬ ‫َﺟ ِﺮ اﳊَِﻮار َﻛ َﻤﺎ َﺟ َﺮى ﺑـَْ َ‬

‫ﲔ اﳌَِﺮﻳْ َ‬
‫ﻀﺔ َواﻟ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أ ْ‬
‫ﱠواء؟‬
‫آﺧ ُﺬ َﻫ َﺬا اﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ﻒ ُ‬ ‫ﻀﺔ ‪َ :‬ﻛْﻴ َ‬ ‫اﳌـَِﺮﻳْ َ‬
‫ث ﻣﱠﺮات ِﰲ اﻟﻴـﻮم‪ِ ،‬ﰲ ُﻛ ِﻞ ﻣﱠﺮة ﻗُـﺮﺻﺎ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ ًﺪا‬ ‫َّ ًْ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ ‪َ :‬ﻫ َﺬا ﻗُ ْـﺮص‪ُ َْ ،‬ﺧ ُﺬ ﺛَﻼَ َ َ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋِﻞ؟‬
‫ﱠواء َ‬ ‫اﳌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ‪َ :‬وَﻫ َﺬا اﻟﺪ َ‬
‫ث ﻣﱠﺮات ِﰲ اﻟﻴـﻮم ِﰲ ُﻛ ِﻞ ﻣﱠﺮة ِﻣ ْﻠﻌ َﻘﺔ و ِ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬ ‫َّ َ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ ‪ُ َْ :‬ﺧ ُﺬ ﺛَﻼَ َ َ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة‬‫اﳌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﳝُْ ِﻜﻦ أَ ْن آﺧ َﺬ اﻟﺪﱠواء ُﻛﻠﱠﻪ ﻣﱠﺮًة و ِ‬
‫ُ َ َُ َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺪﻻﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا ؟‬
‫اﻟﺸ َﻔﺎء َﺣﺎﻻً !!‬‫اﳌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ‪ :‬أُِرﻳْ ُﺪ ِّ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬

 ‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺼ َﺪر‬
ْ َ‫اﳌ‬
Pada kolom di bawah, tampak tiga bentuk kata, yaitu bentuk (1), bentuk (2) danbentuk (3).

ِ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬ ِ
Bentuk (1) adalah ( ْ
) sebagaimana telah kita pelajari, yaitu katakerja yang
menunjukkan perbuatan pada masa ‘lampau’.

‫ﻀﺎ ِرع‬ ِ
Bentuk (2) adalah ( َ ُ‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻞ اﳌـ‬
), sebagaimana telah kita ketahui, yaitu katakerjayang
menunjukkan perbuatan pada: pada: masa ‘sekarang’ atau masa ‘yang akan datang’, atau
menunjukkan ‘kebiasaan’.
Bentuk (3) adalah (mashdar) atau ‘kata kerja yang dibendakan’, yaitu kata menunjukkan
perbuatan yang tidak terikat pada waktu tertentu.

Jadi: ( ‫ﺐ‬َ َ‫ = ) َﻛﺘ‬telah menulis, ( ‫ﺐ‬ ُ ُ‫ = ) ﻳَ ْﻜﺘ‬sedang/akan menulis, kebiasaan menulis. Sedangkan
ِ ‫ = )ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑ‬tulisan atau menulis. Demikian juga kata-kata yang lain.
(‫اﻟﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔ‬/‫ﺔ‬ َ
(٢) (١) (٢) (١)
‫ﺼ َﺪر‬ َْ ‫اﳌ‬ (٣) ‫اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﺼ‬
َْ َ ‫اﳌ‬ (٣) ‫اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬
‫ﺼﻼَة‬ ‫اﻟ ﱠ‬/‫ﺻﻼَة‬ ِ ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘَﺎﺑَﺔ‬/‫ﺔ‬
َ ‫ﻲ‬ ِ
‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱠ‬ َ ‫ﺐ‬
shalat
ّ َ ُ َ menulis, tulisan ُ ُ‫ﺐ ﻳَ ْﻜﺘ‬َ َ‫َﻛﺘ‬
‫ا ِﻹ َر َادة‬/‫إَِر َادة‬ ِ ‫ﻗِﺮاء‬
‫اﻟﻘَﺮاءَة‬/‫ة‬
‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ُِ‫ﻳ‬
‫ﺮ‬ ‫اد‬ ‫َر‬ ‫أ‬ ََ ُ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأ‬ َ‫ﻗـََﺮأ‬
ingin, keinginan ُ ْ َ َ membaca, bacaan

‫ﺐ‬
ّ ُ‫اﳊ‬/‫ﺐ‬ ّ ‫ُﺣ‬ ‫اﻟ ﱠﺬ َﻫﺎب‬/‫َذ َﻫﺎب‬
menyenangi, ‫ﺐ‬‫ُِﳛ ﱡ‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫َﺣ ﱠ‬ َ‫أ‬ pergi, kepergian
‫ﺐ‬ُ ‫ﺐ ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ‬
َ ‫َذ َﻫ‬
kecintaan

‫ا ِﻹ ْﳝَﺎن‬/‫إِْﳝَﺎن‬ ‫اﻟﻌ َﻤﻞ‬/‫ﻞ‬

َ ‫َﻋ َﻤ‬
beriman, keimanan
‫ﻳُ ْـﺆِﻣ ُﻦ‬ ‫آﻣﻦ‬
َ bekerja, pekerjaan
‫ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ‬ ‫َﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘِ َﻤﺎع‬/‫ﺎع‬
ْ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘِ َﻤ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﱠْﺒﺦ‬/‫ﻃَْﺒﺦ‬
Menyimak
‫ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻤ ُﻊ‬ ‫اِ ْﺳﺘَ َﻤ َﻊ‬ memasak, masakan
‫ﻳَﻄْﺒُ ُﺦ‬ ‫ﻃَﺒَ َﺦ‬

٧٩ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

 ‫أَ ْن ‪ +‬ﻣﻀﺎرع = َﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺼ َﺪر‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬ ‫أَ ْن ﻧـَﻠ َْﻌ َ‬ ‫أَ ْن أَﻗْ َـﺮأَ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻄْﻴﻊ‬ ‫أُِرﻳْﺪ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة اﻟﻴـَْﻮم‬ ‫ﻟ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻗِ َﺮاءَ َة اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫أَ ْن ﻳـُْﺆِﻣﻨـُْﻮا ِ ﻪﻠﻟ‬ ‫أَ ْن ﻳَﻄْﺒُ َﺦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌ َﺎم َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮِ ّ‬
‫ﰊ‬
‫ِﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ ِﻬﻢ‬ ‫َﲪﺪ ُِ‬
‫َ َ َْ ا ِﻹ ْﳝَﺎ ُن ِ ﻪﻠﻟ‬ ‫ﰊ‬ ‫ِ‬‫ﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻌ‬ ‫أ ْ َ ّ ﻃَْﺒ َﺦ اﻟﻄﱠﻌ ِ‬
‫ﺎم‬
‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﳛ‬
‫َ ََ ّ‬
‫!!! ‪INGAT‬‬

‫ِ‬
‫اﳌﺎﺿﻲ (‬ ‫’‪ِ ) menunjukkan perbuatan pada masa ‘lampau‬‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻀﺎ ِرع (‬ ‫ِ‬
‫’‪ ) menunjukkan perbuatan pada: masa ‘sekarang‬اﻟﻔ ْﻌﻞ اﳌـُ َ‬
‫‪atau masa ‘yang akan datang’, atau menunjukkan ‘kebiasaan’.‬‬

‫‪ ) atau ‘kata kerja yang dibendakan’, menunjukkan perbuatanyang tidak terikat‬اﳌﺼﺪر (‬

‫‪pada waktu tertentu.‬‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ :(١‬ﺣ ِّﻮل َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬

‫)‪ .....‬أَ ْن ﺗـَﺘـَﻨَ َﺎو َل‪(......‬‬
‫)‪ .....‬أَ ْن أ َْرَﻛﺐ ‪(......‬‬
‫)‪ .....‬أَ ْن ﺗَﻄْﺒُ ِﺨﻲ ‪(.....‬‬
‫)‪ .....‬أَ ْن أَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ َﻢ ‪(......‬‬
‫)‪ .....‬أَ ْن ﻳَ ْﺴﺘَ ِﻤ َﻊ ‪(.....‬‬
‫) ‪ .....‬أن آ ُﺧ َﺬ ‪(......‬‬
‫ﺗُِﺮﻳْ ُﺪ اﻟﻄَﺎﻟِﺒَﺔ ﺗـَﻨَ ُﺎو َل اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر اﻵن‬
‫ﺎول اﻟ ُﻔﻄُْﻮر اﻵن‬ ‫= ﺗُِﺮﻳْﺪ اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ أَ ْن ﺗـَﺘـَﻨَ َ‬
‫ب اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ ُرُﻛ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫‪ -١‬أُﺣ ّ‬
‫ﲔ ﻃَْﺒ َﺦ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم ﺑِﻨـَْﻔ ِﺴﻚ ؟‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫‪َ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻄْﻴﻌ ْ َ‬
‫ﻀﻞ اﻟﺘﱠ َﻜﻠﱡﻢ ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ِﰲ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬أُﻓَ ِّ‬
‫اﻻ ْﺳﺘِ َﻤﺎعُ إِ َﱃ َﻛﻼَِم اﳌ َﺪ ِّرس‪.‬‬ ‫‪َِ -٤‬ﳚﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﻟِﺐ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫اﺣ َﺪة؟‬‫‪ -٥‬ﻫﻞ ﳝُْ ِﻜﻦ أَ ْﺧ ُﺬ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ اﻷ َْد ِوﻳﺔ ﻣﱠﺮًة و ِ‬
‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٨٠‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪َ (٢‬ﻛ ِّﻤﻞ اﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﱠﺎﻟِﻴَﺔ َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ؟‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺜَﺎل ‪ :‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَـﺘـََﻌﻠﱠ ُﻤ ْﻮن اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫‪ .....‬ﻟِﻨـَْﻔ َﻬ َﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‪/‬ﻟَِﻔ ْﻬ ِﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ﻟَِﻔ ْﻬ ِﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ﻟﻨَـ ْﻔ َﻬ َﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآن ‪ /‬ﻧَـﺘَ َـﻌﻠﱠﻢ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔَ َ‬
‫= ﻧَـﺘَ َـﻌﻠﱠﻢ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺘِّْﻠ ِﻔ ْﺰﻳـُْﻮن ؟‬‫‪ -١‬ﻟِﻤﺎ َذا ﺗُﺸ ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫‪ .....‬ﻷَﺳﺘَ ِﻤﻊ إِ َﱃ اﻷَﺧﺒﺎر‪ /‬ﻟِ ِ‬
‫َﺧﺒَﺎر‬ ‫ﻼﺳﺘ َﻤ ِﺎع إِ َﱃ اﻷ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫ﲔ ﻏُْﺮﻓَﺔ َرﻗْﻢ ‪٩‬؟‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَ ْﺪ ُﺧﻠ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .....‬ﻷ َُز َور اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‪/‬ﻟِ ِﺰَ َرِة اﳌ ِﺮﻳْﺾ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺒـُْﻮ َن إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ .....‬ﻟِﻨـَْﻘَﺮأَ اﳌـَ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ‪/‬ﻟِِﻘَﺮاءَ ِة اﳌ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا ﻳـَْﻌ َﻤ ُﻞ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ِﰲ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ؟‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬ ‫‪ .....‬ﻟِﻴـﻌﺎﻟِﺞ اﳌﺮ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‪/‬ﻟ ُﻤ َﻌﺎ َﳉَﺔ اﳌـَْـﺮ َ‬ ‫َُ َ ْ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺼﻠﱠﻰ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻟ َﻤﺎ َذا ﺗَ ْﺬ َﻫﺐ إِ َﱃ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﺼﻼَِة اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬ ِﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .....‬ﻷ ِ‬
‫ُﺻﻠّ َﻲ اﻟﻈﱡ ْﻬَﺮ‪/‬ﻟ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬ﺗـَْﺮِﺟ ْﻢ إِ َﱃ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ ا ِﻹﻧْ ُﺪ ْوﻧِْﻴ ِﺴﻴﱠﺔ!‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻧـ ْﻘﺮأُ َﻛﺜِﻴـﺮا‪ ،‬ﻷَ ﱠن ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءة َ ﻓِ َﻌﺔ‬ ‫َ َ ًْ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﻴ َﺪﻟِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -٢‬أُِرﻳْ ُﺪ ﺷ َﺮاءَ اﻷ َْد ِوﻳَﺔ ِﰲ َ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻼَةُ ِﰲ أ ََوِل َوﻗْﺘِ َﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ِ -٣‬ﻣﻦ اﻷَﻋﻤ ِﺎل اﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺎﳊَﺔ ّ‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻨﱠﻈَﺎﻓَﺔُ ِﻣ َﻦ ا ِﻹْﳝَﺎن‬

‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬
‫ز رة ﰲ اﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‬

‫)أ(‬
‫ب اﻟﻐُْﺮﻓَﺔ َرﻗْﻢ َﻋ َﺸﺮة ِﰲ اﻟﺪ ْﱠوِر‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ً‬‫ﻻ‬‫و‬
‫ﱠ‬‫َ‬‫أ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ـﺘ‬‫َ‬‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻰ‪.‬‬‫ﺿ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﳌ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺾ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ة‬‫ر‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺰ‬ ‫َذﻫﺒـﻨﺎ إِ َﱃ اﳌـﺴﺘ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ ﻟِ‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫ُ َْ‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫ﺖ َﺣﺎﻟَﺘُﻪُ اﻵن‪َ ،‬واﳊَ ْﻤ ُﺪ‬ ‫ﺎب ﺑِـﺎﳌـَ ْﻐﺺ َوا ِﻹ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل‪َ .‬وﻗَ ْﺪ َﲢَ ﱠﺴﻨَ ْ‬ ‫ﺼ ٌ‬‫َﲪَﺪ‪َ ،‬وُﻫ َﻮ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﱠﺎﱐ‪،‬ﻓَ َـﻮ َﺟ ْﺪ َ أ ْ‬
‫ﻪﻠﻟ‪.‬‬
‫ب اﻟﻐُْﺮﻓَﺔ َرﻗْﻢ ﺗِ ْﺴ َﻌﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﻄَﺎﺑِ ِﻖ اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺚ‪،‬ﻓـََﻮ َﺟ ْﺪ َ إِﺑْ َـﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ َوُﻫ َﻮ ﻳَ ْﺸﻌُُﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﰒُﱠ ﻓَــﺘَ ْﺤﻨَﺎ ‪ َ -‬ﻧﻴَﺎ ‪َ َ -‬‬
‫ََِﱂ ِﰲ ﻇَ ْﻬ ِﺮِﻩ َوِر ْﺟﻠِ ِﻪ اﻟﻴُ ْﺴَﺮى‪.‬‬

‫)ب(‬
‫ﺖ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺣ َﻜﻰ إِﺑـَْﺮاﻫْﻴﻢ َﻋ ْﻦ ُﺳ ُﻘ ْﻮﻃﻪ ﻣ َﻦ اﳊَﺎﻓﻠَﺔ‪ِ :‬ﰲ ﻳـَْﻮم اﻟﺜﱡﻼَ َ ء اﳌـَﺎﺿﻲ َر َﺟ ْﻌ ُ‬
‫ﺖ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻠَ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ت ﻃَ ِﻮﻳْﻼً‪َ ،‬وأَﺧْﻴ ًـﺮا َو َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ َﳏَﻄﱠﺔ اﳊَﺎﻓﻼَت‪َ ،‬وَوﻗَـ ْﻔ ُ‬
‫ﺖ أ ََﻣ َﺎم اﳌـَ َﺤﻄﱠﺔ َواﻧْـﺘَﻈَْﺮ ُ‬ ‫َو ﱠاﲡَ ْﻬ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺖ‬‫ﺖ َو َﺳ َﻘﻄْ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ اﳊَﺎﻓﻠَﺔ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ ﻓَﺎﻧْ َـﺰﻟَ ْﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﰲ اﻟ ﱡﺴﻠﱠﻢ‪َ .‬ﲢَﱠﺮَﻛ ْ‬ ‫ت َوَوﻗَـ ْﻔ ُ‬‫َوﻫ َﻲ ُﻣ ْﺰَدﲪَﺔ ﺟﺪًّا‪،‬ﻓَـ َﻘ َﻔ ْﺰ ُ‬
‫ﺼ ِﲏ اﻟﻄﱠﺒِْﻴﺐ ﻗَﺎﺋِﻼً‪:‬‬ ‫َﺧ َﺬﺗِْﲏ إِ َﱃ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ‪.‬ﰒُﱠ ﻓَ َﺤ َ‬ ‫ت َﺳﻴﱠ َﺎرةُ ا ِﻹ ْﺳ َﻌﺎف َوأ َ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺟﺎءَ ْ‬
‫ض َ‬ ‫َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْر ِ‬
‫ﻚ َﺟﻴِّ َﺪة(‪.‬‬ ‫)اﳊَ ْﻤ ُﺪ ﻪﻠﻟ َﺣﺎﻟَﺘُ َ‬
‫ﺐ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔَ اﳌـُْﺰَد ِﲪَﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎَ َل إِﺑْـﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ ‪ :‬ﻟَﻴـْـﺘَِﲏ َﱂْ أَرَﻛ ِ‬
‫ْ ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫)ج(‬
‫ﺖ ِﻫ َﻲ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ب اﻟﻐُْﺮﻓَﺔ َرﻗْﻢ ﺗ ْﺴ َﻌﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﻄﱠﺎﺑِﻖ اﻟﱠﺮاﺑِﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓَ َـﻮ َﺟ ْﺪ َ َزﻳـْﻨَﺐ‪َ .‬وَﻛﺎﻧَ ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﰒُﱠ ﻓَـﺘَ ْﺤﻨَﺎ ‪ َ -‬ﻟﺜًﺎ ‪َ َ -‬‬
‫ت َزﻳـْﻨَﺐ ٍََِﱂ َﺷ ِﺪﻳْﺪ ِﰲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َﺻﺎﺑَـْﺘ َـﻬﺎ اﻟ ُﻜَﺮة ِﰲ َﻋْﻴﻨ َﻬﺎ اﻟﻴُ ْﺴَﺮى‪َ ،‬ﺷ َﻌَﺮ ْ‬
‫ﻟَﻌﺒَ ْﺖ ُﻛَﺮَة اﻟ ﱠﺴﻠﱠﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َزﻣﻴﻼَ َﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄ َ‬
‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻴـَْﻬﺎ اﻵن‬ ‫َﻋﻴـْﻨـﻴـْﻬﺎ‪ .‬واﻵن ﻻَ ﺗَ ْﺸﻌﺮ ‪ -‬اﳊﻤ ُﺪﻪﻠﻟ ‪ََِ -‬ﱂ‪،‬وﻟَ ِﻜ ﱠﻦ َﻋﻴـْﻨـﻬﺎ اﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﺗَ ْﺪﻣﻊ ﻗَﻠِﻴﻼً‪َِ .‬‬
‫ﳚ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ََ ُ ْ َ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﺣﺔ َﺣ ﱠﱴ ﻳَـﺘ ﱠﻢ اﻟﺸ َﻔﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫اﻻ ْﺳ َﱰ َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٨٢‬‬

 ‫ﻗﺎل أﺣﺪ اﳊﻜﻤﺎء‪:‬‬
‫َﺻ ﱠﺤ ِﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺼ ﱠﺤﺔُ َ ج ﻋﻠَﻰ رُؤو ِس اﻷ ِ‬
‫ٌ َ ُْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺿﻰ‬‫َﻻ ﻳـَْﻌ ِﺮﻓُﻪُ إِﱠﻻ اﳌَْﺮ َ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮاءة‬

‫ﺺ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (١‬اِ ْﺧ َﱰاﻟ ﱠ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘ َﺮاءَة!‬ ‫ﺼﺤ ْﻴ َﺢ)ص( أو اﳋَﻄَﺄ)خ( ِوﻓـًْﻘﺎ ﻟﻨَ ِّ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟﻄﱡﻼَب إِ َﱃ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ ﻟِْﻠﻌِﻼَج‬ ‫‪) -١‬ص‪/‬خ( َذ َﻫ َ‬
‫َﲪَﺪ ِﻋْﻨ َﺪﻩُ أََﱂٌ ِﰲ َﻣﻌِ َﺪﺗِِﻪ‬ ‫‪) -٢‬ص‪/‬خ( أ ْ‬
‫‪) -٣‬ص‪/‬خ( اﻧـَْﺰﻟَ َﻖ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ َو َﺳ َﻘ َﻂ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬
‫ض َﺷ ِﺪﻳْﺪ‬ ‫ﺎب ِﲟََﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺼ ٌ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪) -٤‬ص‪/‬خ( إِﺑـَْﺮاﻫﻴﻢ ُﻣ َ‬
‫ﺐ ﺑِ ُﻜَﺮِة اﻟ ﱠﺴﻠﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺐ َزﻳـْﻨَﺐ أَ ْن ﺗـَْﻠ َﻌ َ‬‫‪) -٥‬ص‪/‬خ( ُِﲢ ﱡ‬

‫ﺐ َﻋ ِﻦ اﻷَ ْﺳﺌِﻠَ ِﺔ اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ!‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ (٢‬أَﺟ ْ‬
‫ﺐ اﻟﻄﱡﻼَب إِ َﱃ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ؟‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ذ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻟِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﱠﺎﱐ؟‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻣ ِﻦ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ ِﰲ اﻟﺪ ْﱠوِر اﻟﺜ ِ‬
‫ﺻ َﻞ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫﻴﻢ إِ َﱃ ﺑـَْﻴﺘِ ِﻪ ﺑِ َﺴﻼََﻣﺔ ؟‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﻫ ْﻞ َو َ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻟِ َﻤﺎ َذا َﺳ َﻘ َﻂ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ؟‬
‫ﺻ َﻞ إِﺑـَْﺮ ِاﻫْﻴﻢ إِ َﱃ اﳌـُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ؟‬‫ﻒ َو َ‬ ‫‪َ -٥‬ﻛْﻴ َ‬
‫ﺎب َزﻳـْﻨَﺐ؟‬ ‫َﺻ َ‬ ‫‪َ -٦‬ﻣﺎ َذا أ َ‬
‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ أَ ْن ﻳَ ْﺴ َِﱰﻳْ َﺢ ؟‬ ‫ﳚ‬‫‪ -٧‬ﻟِﻤﺎ َذا َِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺒَ َﺎرات اﻵﺗِﻴَﺔ اﺑْﺘِ َﺪاءً ِﻣ َﻦ اﳌُﻠَ ﱠﻮﻧَﺔ ﻟِﺘَ ُﻜ ْﻮ َن ﻓِ ْﻘ َﺮًة َﻛ ِﺎﻣﻠَﺔ!‬‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬رﺗِّﺐ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﳌُ ْﺴﺘَ ْﺸ َﻔﻰ ‪َ -‬رﻗْﻢ َﺳﺒـَْﻌﺔ ِﰲ اﻟﺪ ْﱠوِر اﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟِﺚ ‪ -‬ﻟِ ِﺰَ َرِة أ َِﺧﻲ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪ -١‬ا ْﲰُﻪُ َﺧﻠِْﻴﻞ ‪َ -‬ذ َﻫ ْﺒ ُ‬
‫ت اﻷَخ َﺧﻠِﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺎب ﺑِـﺎﳌـَ ْﻐﺺ َوا ِﻹ ْﺳ َﻬﺎل ‪ -‬ﻓـََﻮ َﺟ ْﺪ ُ‬ ‫ﺼ ٌ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ َ ب اﻟﻐُْﺮﻓَﺔ ‪ُ -‬ﻫ َﻮ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﻠ ُ‬
‫‪َ -‬و َ‬
‫ﺐ إﻟﻴَﺎس إِ َﱃ َﳏَﻄﱠ ِﺔ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻼَت ‪َ -‬وِﻫ َﻲ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻫ‬‫َ‬ ‫ذ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫َ‬‫ﻠ‬‫‪ -٢‬وﻗَﻒ أَﻣﺎم اﳌﺤﻄﱠﺔ ‪ -‬ﻟِﻴـﻨـﺘ ِﻈﺮ اﳊﺎﻓِ‬
‫َ َْ َ َ‬ ‫َ َِ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺖ اﳊَﺎﻓﻠَﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺖ اﳊَﺎﻓﻠَﺔ ﺑِ ُﺴ ْﺮ َﻋﺔ ‪َ -‬و َﺳ َﻘ َﻂ َﻋﻠَﻰ اﻷ َْر ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺻﻠَ ْ‬ ‫ض ‪ -‬ﰒُﱠ َو َ‬ ‫ُﻣ ْﺰَدﲪَﺔ ﺟﺪًّا ‪َ -‬وَﲢَﱠﺮَﻛ ْ‬
‫ﻓَﺎﻧـَْﺰﻟَ َﻖ إﻟﻴَﺎس ‪ -‬ﻗـََﻔَﺰ إﻟﻴَﺎس إِ َﱃ ُﺳﻠﱠِﻢ اﳊَﺎﻓِﻠَﺔ‬

‫ﺼ َﺪر َﻛ َﻤﺎ ِﰲ اﳌِﺜَﺎل !‬ ‫ﻀﺎرِع ِ ﳌَ ْ‬

‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬ﺣ ِﻮل ِ‬
‫اﻟﻔ ْﻌ َﻞ اﳌُ َ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ﺐ أَ ْن أ َْرَﻛﺐ اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎل ‪ (١) :‬أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬
‫ب اﻟ ﱠﺴﻴﱠ َﺎرة إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺐ ُرُﻛ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫= أُﺣ ّ‬
‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‬ ‫َﲪﺪ إِ َﱃ اﻟـﻤﺴ ِﺠﺪ ﻟِﻴ ِ‬
‫اﻟﺼْﺒ َﺢ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫ﺼﻠّ َﻲ ُ‬ ‫َْ َُ‬ ‫ﺐ أ َْ‬ ‫)‪َ (٢‬ذ َﻫ َ‬
‫ﺎﻋ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺼﻼَِة اﻟ ﱡ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﺼْﺒ ِﺢ ِﰲ َﲨَ َ‬ ‫َﲪَﺪ إِ َﱃ اﻟ َـﻤ ْﺴﺠﺪ ﻟ َ‬ ‫= َذ َﻫﺐ أ ْ‬
‫ﺎﺣﺎ َ ﻛًِﺮا‬ ‫ﺻﺒَ ً‬‫ﺐ إِ َﱃ اﳌـَ ْﺪ َر َﺳﺔ َ‬ ‫ﺐ أَ ْن أَ ْذ َﻫ َ‬ ‫‪ -١‬أ ُِﺣ ﱡ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ﰊ؟‬ ‫ﲔ أَ ْن ﺗَﻄْﺒُﺨﻲ اﻟﻄﱠ َﻌﺎم َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮِ ّ‬ ‫‪َ -٢‬ﻫ ْﻞ ﺗَ ْﺴﺘَﻄْﻴﻌ ْ َ‬
‫اﻟﺪ ُرْوس ِ ﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋﻠَﻴـْﻨَﺎ أَ ْن ﻧَ ْﻜﺘُ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٣‬ﳚ ُ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ ﻟِﻨـَْﻔ َﻬ َﻢ اﻟ ُﻘ ْﺮآ َن َواﳊَ ِﺪﻳْﺚ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻧـَﺘـََﻌﻠﱠ ُﻢ اﻟﻠﱡﻐَﺔ َ‬
‫ﺖ إِ َﱃ اﳌَ ْﻜﺘـَﺒَﺔ ﻷَﻗـَْﺮأَ اﳌـَ َﺠﻠﱠﺔ َ‬
‫اﻟﻌَﺮﺑِﻴﱠﺔ‬ ‫‪َ -٥‬ذ َﻫْﺒ ُ‬
‫ﺻ ِﺪﻳِْﻘﻨَﺎ اﳌـَِﺮﻳْﺾ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪َ -٦‬د َﺧ ْﻠﻨَﺎ اﻟﻐُْﺮﻓَﺔ َرﻗْﻢ ‪ ٩‬ﻟﻨَ ُـﺰْوَر َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬

 ‫دروس إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫اﺠﻤﻟﺮد وﻣﺼﺪرﻫﺎ‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻼﺛﻲ ّ‬
‫اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬

‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﻓـََﻌ َﻞ‬

‫ﺑَ ْﺪءً‪/‬ﺑِ َﺪاﻳَﺔ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺒ َﺪأُ‬ ‫ﺑَ َﺪأَ‬ ‫أَ ْﻛﻼً‬ ‫َْ ُﻛ ُﻞ‬ ‫أَ َﻛ َﻞ‬
‫ْﲨْ ًﻌﺎ‬ ‫َْﳚ َﻤ ُﻊ‬ ‫َﲨَ َﻊ‬ ‫ُد ُﺧ ْﻮﻻً‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ُﻞ‬ ‫َد َﺧ َﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫س‬
‫َذ َﻫﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺬ َﻫ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َذ َﻫ َ‬ ‫اﺳﺔ‬‫ََ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫د‬ ‫س‬
‫ﻳَ ْﺪ ُر ُ‬ ‫َد َر َ‬
‫ِزَر َ‬
‫اﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺰَرعُ‬ ‫ع‬
‫َزَر َ‬ ‫ﻛِﺘَﺎﺑَﺔ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺘُ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َﻛﺘَ َ‬
‫ﻗَِﺮاءَة‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻘَﺮأُ‬ ‫ﻗـََﺮأَ‬ ‫ِزَ َرة‬ ‫ﻳـَُﺰْوُر‬ ‫َز َار‬

‫اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﻓَ ِﻌ َﻞ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﻓـََﻌﻞ‬

‫ُرُﻛ ْﻮً‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮَﻛ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َرﻛ َ‬ ‫ُر ُﺟ ْﻮ ًﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮِﺟ ُﻊ‬ ‫َر َﺟ َﻊ‬
‫ُﺷ ْﺮً‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﺸ ِﺮ ُ‬
‫ب‬ ‫َﺷ ِﺮ َ‬
‫ب‬ ‫َﻏ ْﺴﻼً‬ ‫ﻳـَ ْﻐ ِﺴ ُﻞ‬ ‫َﻏ َﺴ َﻞ‬
‫ﻓـَْﻬ ًﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔ َﻬ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﻓَ ِﻬ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺑـَﻴـًْﻌﺎ‬ ‫ﻳَﺒِْﻴ ُﻊ‬ ‫َع‬
‫َﺧ ْﺸﻴَﺔً‬ ‫َﳜْ َﺸﻰ‬ ‫َﺧ ِﺸ َﻲ‬ ‫ﺑِﻨَﺎء‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺒ ِﲎ‬ ‫ﺑـََﲎ‬
‫ﺿﺎءً‪ِ /‬ر ْ‬
‫ﺿ َﻮا ً‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫ﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﺮ َ‬ ‫َر ِﺿ َﻲ‬ ‫ُو ُﺟ ْﻮً‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َﳚ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َو َﺟ َ‬

‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫‪Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs‬‬

 ‫اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫اﳌﺼﺪر‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﺎﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﳌﻀﺎرع‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬

‫ﻳـَْﻔﻌُ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ﻓـَﻌُﻞ‬ ‫ﻳـَْﻔ ِﻌ ُﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٥‬ﻓَ ِﻌ َﻞ‬

‫ُﺣ ْﺴﻨًﺎ‬ ‫َﺣ َﺴﺒًﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْﳛ ُﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫َﺣ ُﺴ َﻦ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
‫َْﳛﺴ ُ‬ ‫َﺣﺴ َ‬
‫َﻛﺜـَْﺮة‬ ‫ﻳَ ْﻜﺜـُُﺮ‬ ‫َﻛﺜـَُﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫( ‪Perhatikan,bentuk‬‬ ‫) ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض ‪ -‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع ‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺪر‬ ‫‪dari tslutasi adalah bersifat‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪ ) atau irregular.‬ﲰ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻋﻲ (‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013‬‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬

 DAFTAR PUSTAKA

،‫ ﻋﻤﺎدة ﺷﺆون اﳌﻜﺘﺒﺎت‬،‫ اﻟﺮ ض‬،٢ ‫ إط‬١ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎة ج‬،‫ﳏﻤﻮد إﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﲏ وأﺧﺮون‬
.٥٩٩١ ،‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺳﻌﻮد‬

‫ إدارة‬،١ ‫ ط‬٢ ‫ ج‬،‫ ﻛﺘﺎب اﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ‬،‫ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺷﺌﲔ‬،------------------

.٣٨٩١ ،‫ اﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‬،‫ وزارة اﳌﻌﺎرف‬،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺐ اﳌﺪرﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ اﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬،‫ اﻟﺮ ض‬،‫ اﻻﻟﻌﺎب اﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻠﻐﺎت اﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬.‫ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬،‫ﺻﻒ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‬
.٣٨٩١ ،‫اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدي‬
Efendy, Ahmad Fuad. Metode Pengajaran Bahasa Arab, Misykat, Malang, 2009.

Hidayat, Pelajaran Bahasa Arab ( ‫ ) ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬Madrasah Tsanawiyah, Kelas VIII, VIIII,
VIII, PT. Karya Toha Putra, Semarang, 2013.
Mujib, Fathul dan Nailur Rahmawati, Permainan Edukatif Pendukung Pembelajaran
Bahasa Arab (1) dan (2), Jogjakarta, Diva Press, 2012.
Peraturan Menteri Agama Republik Indonesia Tahun 2013 tentang Kurikulum Madrasah 2013,
Mata Pelajaran Pendidikan Agama Islam dan Bahasa Arab.

(Footnotes)

• ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬setelah ‫ أ ْن‬diberi harakat ‫ أ ْن‬, kecuali untuk

Bila dibaca lengkap, maka akhir
ِ maka ‫( ن‬nun) dihilangkan : ‫أَن ﺗـﻘﺮﺋﻲ‬/ ‫أَن ﻳـﻘﺮأُ ﺗـﻘﺮﺋِﲔ‬/ ُ‫أَن أَﻗـﺮأَ ﻳـﻘﺮأ‬/ ُ‫أَﻗـﺮأ‬
‫أﻧﺖ‬
ْ َ َْ ْ َ ْ َ َْ َ َْ ْ َ َْ َْ ْ َْ

٨٧ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

Catatan

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٨٨

 Catatan

٨٩ Buku Siswa Kelas VIII MTs

Catatan

Bahasa Arab Kurikulum 2013 ٩٠